| 1000 |
Structure identifier |
Structure identifiers |
Structure identifier without sub-identifier and preceding sign, e.g. "UA1". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_NAME |
| 1001 |
Complete structure identifier |
Structure identifiers |
Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) without preceding sign, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_FULLNAME |
| 1002 |
Structure description |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 1003 |
Complete structure identifier with preceding sign |
Structure identifiers |
Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_FULLNAME_WITHPREFIX |
| 1004 |
Identifier block |
Structure identifiers |
Provides the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Higher-level function," "Mounting location" etc. The property can be used in forms for the structure identifier overview. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_TYPENAME |
| 1005 |
Usage count |
Structure identifiers |
Specifies how often a structure identifier is used in the project ("?" = not updated, * = not used, but a sub-identifier exists). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_USE |
| 1006 |
Identifier block (ID) |
Structure identifiers |
Provides (regardless of the language) the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Higher-level function," "Mounting location" etc. This property can be used in reports, e.g. in the structure identifier overview. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_TYPENAME_NR |
| 1007 |
Structure description 2 |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_2 |
| 1008 |
Structure description 3 |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_3 |
| 1009 |
Structure description Supplementary field |
Structure identifiers |
Describing supplementary text for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 1010 |
Structure identifier: superior name component |
Structure identifiers |
Outputs the xth name component of a structure identifier using the index.
Example: For a structure identifier in the form of "=A.B.C.D" the index 3 returns the value "C". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_NAMEPART |
| 1011 |
Structure identifier superior |
Structure identifiers |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION |
| 1012 |
Structure identifier superior: Description |
Structure identifiers |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 1100 |
Higher-level function (main identifier) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT |
| 1101 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1 |
| 1102 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2 |
| 1103 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3 |
| 1104 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4 |
| 1105 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5 |
| 1106 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6 |
| 1107 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7 |
| 1108 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8 |
| 1109 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9 |
| 1120 |
Higher-level function |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full plant names, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT |
| 1121 |
Higher-level function (sub-identifier, complete) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the plant with all the sub-identifiers, e.g. "UA.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLANT |
| 1122 |
Higher-level function (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1128 |
Higher-level function (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier of the higher-level function that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_PART |
| 1129 |
Higher-level function (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_VISIBLE |
| 1130 |
Higher-level function (main identifier): Description |
Base class for functions
Connections
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_DESCR |
| 1131 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1_DESCR |
| 1132 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2_DESCR |
| 1133 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3_DESCR |
| 1134 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4_DESCR |
| 1135 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5_DESCR |
| 1136 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6_DESCR |
| 1137 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7_DESCR |
| 1138 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8_DESCR |
| 1139 |
Higher-level function (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9_DESCR |
| 1140 |
Higher-level function with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full plant names with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1150 |
Higher-level function: Description |
Connections
Pages
Base class for functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_DESCR |
| 1200 |
Mounting location (main identifier) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION |
| 1201 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1 |
| 1202 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2 |
| 1203 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3 |
| 1204 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4 |
| 1205 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5 |
| 1206 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6 |
| 1207 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7 |
| 1208 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8 |
| 1209 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9 |
| 1220 |
Mounting location |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full mounting location names, e.g. "O.UO1.UO2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION |
| 1221 |
Mounting location (sub-identifier, complete) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the mounting location with all the sub-identifiers, e.g. "UA.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBLOCATION |
| 1222 |
Mounting location (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1228 |
Mounting location (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the mounting location that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_PART |
| 1229 |
Mounting location (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_VISIBLE |
| 1230 |
Mounting location (main identifier): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_DESCR |
| 1231 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1_DESCR |
| 1232 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2_DESCR |
| 1233 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3_DESCR |
| 1234 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4_DESCR |
| 1235 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5_DESCR |
| 1236 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6_DESCR |
| 1237 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7_DESCR |
| 1238 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8_DESCR |
| 1239 |
Mounting location (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9_DESCR |
| 1240 |
Mounting location with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full mounting location names with preceding sign, e.g. "+O.UO1.UO2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_WITHPREFIX |
| 1250 |
Mounting location: Description |
Connections
Pages
Base class for functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_DESCR |
| 1300 |
Functional assignment (main identifier) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1301 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1 |
| 1302 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2 |
| 1303 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3 |
| 1304 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4 |
| 1305 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5 |
| 1306 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6 |
| 1307 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7 |
| 1308 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8 |
| 1309 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9 |
| 1320 |
Functional assignment |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full functional assignment. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1321 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier, complete) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the functional assignment with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1322 |
Functional assignment (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1328 |
Functional assignment (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier of the functional assignment that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_PART |
| 1329 |
Functional assignment (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_VISIBLE |
| 1330 |
Functional assignment (main identifier): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR |
| 1331 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1_DESCR |
| 1332 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2_DESCR |
| 1333 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3_DESCR |
| 1334 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4_DESCR |
| 1335 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5_DESCR |
| 1336 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6_DESCR |
| 1337 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7_DESCR |
| 1338 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8_DESCR |
| 1339 |
Functional assignment (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9_DESCR |
| 1340 |
Functional assignment with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full functional assignment with preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1350 |
Functional assignment: Description |
Connections
Pages
Base class for functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR |
| 1400 |
Installation site (main identifier) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1401 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1 |
| 1402 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2 |
| 1403 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3 |
| 1404 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4 |
| 1405 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5 |
| 1406 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6 |
| 1407 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7 |
| 1408 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8 |
| 1409 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9 |
| 1420 |
Installation site |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1421 |
Installation site (sub-identifier, complete) |
Base class for functions
Pages
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the installation site with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1422 |
Installation site (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1428 |
Installation site (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the installation site that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_PART |
| 1429 |
Installation site (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_VISIBLE |
| 1430 |
Installation site (main identifier): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR |
| 1431 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1_DESCR |
| 1432 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2_DESCR |
| 1433 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3_DESCR |
| 1434 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4_DESCR |
| 1435 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5_DESCR |
| 1436 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6_DESCR |
| 1437 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7_DESCR |
| 1438 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8_DESCR |
| 1439 |
Installation site (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9_DESCR |
| 1440 |
Installation site with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full installation site with preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_WITHPREFIX |
| 1450 |
Installation site: Description |
Connections
Pages
Base class for functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR |
| 1500 |
Document type (main identifier) |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE |
| 1520 |
Document type |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier of the document type that is entered at this structure segment or planning object. The entire structure identifier of a planning object consists of all parts of the higher-level structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE |
| 1521 |
Document type (sub-identifier, complete) |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBDOCTYPE |
| 1522 |
Document type (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1528 |
Document type (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the document type that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_PART |
| 1530 |
Document type (main identifier): Description |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
Description of the document type. |
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_DESCR |
| 1540 |
Document type with preceding sign |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_WITHPREFIX |
| 1550 |
Document type: Description |
Pages
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_DESCR |
| 1600 |
User-defined structure (main identifier) |
Base class for functions
Pages
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the main identifier of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED |
| 1601 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 1 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1 |
| 1602 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 2 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2 |
| 1603 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 3 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3 |
| 1604 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 4 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4 |
| 1605 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 5 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5 |
| 1606 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 6 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6 |
| 1607 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 7 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7 |
| 1608 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 8 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8 |
| 1609 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 9 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9 |
| 1620 |
User-defined structure |
Base class for functions
Pages
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full character string of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED |
| 1621 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier, complete) |
Base class for functions
Pages
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the user-defined structure with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBUSERDEFINED |
| 1622 |
User-defined structure (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1628 |
User-defined structure (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the "user-defined structure" that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_PART |
| 1629 |
User-defined structure (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_VISIBLE |
| 1630 |
User-defined structure (main identifier): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_DESCR |
| 1631 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1_DESCR |
| 1632 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2_DESCR |
| 1633 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3_DESCR |
| 1634 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4_DESCR |
| 1635 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5_DESCR |
| 1636 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6_DESCR |
| 1637 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7_DESCR |
| 1638 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8_DESCR |
| 1639 |
User-defined structure (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9_DESCR |
| 1640 |
User-defined structure with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_WITHPREFIX |
| 1650 |
User-defined structure: Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_DESCR |
| 1700 |
Higher-level function number (main identifier) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Pages
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
The first (and in this case only) hierarchy level of the higher-level function number. Is required for fluid power . |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1720 |
Higher-level function number |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Full higher-level function number. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1721 |
Higher-level function number (sub-identifier, complete) |
Part references
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Base class for functions
Pages
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the higher-level function number with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBINSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1722 |
Higher-level function number (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1728 |
Higher-level function number (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the higher-level function number that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_PART |
| 1729 |
Higher-level function number (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_VISIBLE |
| 1730 |
Higher-level function number (main identifier): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Higher-level function number description. |
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR |
| 1740 |
Higher-level function number with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_WITHPREFIX |
| 1750 |
Higher-level function number: Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR |
| 1800 |
Product (main identifier) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT |
| 1801 |
Product (Sub-identifier 1) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1 |
| 1802 |
Product (Sub-identifier 2) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2 |
| 1803 |
Product (Sub-identifier 3) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3 |
| 1804 |
Product (Sub-identifier 4) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4 |
| 1805 |
Product (Sub-identifier 5) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5 |
| 1806 |
Product (Sub-identifier 6) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6 |
| 1807 |
Product (Sub-identifier 7) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7 |
| 1808 |
Product (Sub-identifier 8) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8 |
| 1809 |
Product (Sub-identifier 9) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9 |
| 1820 |
Product |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Terminal strips (in reports)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full product aspect, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT |
| 1821 |
Product (sub-identifier, complete) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the product aspect with all the sub-identifiers, e.g. "UA.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPRODUCT |
| 1822 |
Product (leading identifiers) |
Pages
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1828 |
Product aspect (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier for the product aspect that is entered at this planning object. The entire structure identifier for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_PART |
| 1829 |
Product (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Shows the "Product aspect" component of the visible DT. A value is only displayed here if the extended reference identification is activated in the project structure and the product aspect is used for structuring. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_VISIBLE |
| 1830 |
Product (main identifier): Description |
Base class for functions
Connections
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_DESCR |
| 1831 |
Product (Sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1_DESCR |
| 1832 |
Product (Sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2_DESCR |
| 1833 |
Product (Sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3_DESCR |
| 1834 |
Product (Sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4_DESCR |
| 1835 |
Product (Sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5_DESCR |
| 1836 |
Product (Sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6_DESCR |
| 1837 |
Product (Sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7_DESCR |
| 1838 |
Product (Sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8_DESCR |
| 1839 |
Product (Sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9_DESCR |
| 1840 |
Product with preceding sign |
Connections
Base class for functions
Pages
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full product aspect with preceding sign, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1850 |
Product: Description |
Connections
Pages
Base class for functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_DESCR |
| 2000 |
Object identification |
Base class for all objects |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_DBOBJECTID |
| 3010 |
Last editor: ID |
Projects
Pages
Base class for plot frames and forms
Function definition libraries
Symbols
Symbol libraries |
The value entered as a "User code". |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERCODE |
| 3011 |
Last editor: Name |
Projects
Pages
Base class for plot frames and forms
Function definition libraries
Symbols
Symbol libraries |
The name associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERNAME |
| 3012 |
Last editor: Phone |
Projects
Pages
Base class for plot frames and forms
Function definition libraries
Symbols
Symbol libraries |
The telephone number associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERPHONE |
| 3013 |
Last editor: E-mail |
Projects
Pages
Base class for plot frames and forms
Function definition libraries
Symbols
Symbol libraries |
The e-mail address associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USEREMAIL |
| 3014 |
Change protection |
Functions
Connections
Pages
Structure identifiers
Segments (pre-planning)
Interruption points
Segment definitions (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
If this property is activated for an object (e.g. page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) the complete object as well as all the subordinate objects are protected against all types of change. This means that not only the parts data are protected, as at device protection, but rather that all the properties of the object can no longer be changed and that the object cannot be deleted or moved. This property is assigned automatically inter alia during the generation of subprojects. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
WRITEPROTECTED |
| 3015 |
Change protection (hierarchical) |
Functions
Connections
Pages
Structure identifiers
Segments (pre-planning)
Placements
Interruption points
Segment definitions (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Shows whether an object (for example a page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) is protected itself or is protected by a superior object. This property also exists at other objects that can be protected by a superior object, for example at interruption points or graphical element. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
WRITEPROTECTED_AUTOMATIC |
| 10000 |
Project name |
Projects |
Provides the project name without file name extension. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_NAME |
| 10001 |
Project structure: Functional assignment |
Projects |
Project structure for the functional assignment, identified by "==". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 10002 |
Project structure: Higher-level function |
Projects |
Project structure for the higher-level function, identified by "=". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLANT |
| 10003 |
Project structure: Installation site |
Projects |
Project structure for the installation site, identified by "++". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 10004 |
Project structure: Mounting location |
Projects |
Project structure for the mounting location, identified by "+". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATION |
| 10005 |
Project structure: Higher-level function number |
Projects |
Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_INSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 10006 |
Project structure: Document type |
Projects |
The document type valid only for pages and external documents is stored in this project structure. The KKS identifier is normally entered here. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DOCUMENTSTRUCTURE |
| 10007 |
Project structure: User-defined structure |
Projects |
Defines the structure of the user-defined structure. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_USERDEFINED |
| 10008 |
Show tab for DT structures |
Projects |
Controls the visibility of the "Structure" tab in the project properties. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_SHOWDTSTRUCTURETAB |
| 10009 |
Project name (full) |
Projects |
Name of the project file including file name extension and the full file path. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_FULL_PROJECTNAME |
| 10010 |
Project path |
Projects |
Relative file path of the project file, starting from the directory entered in the user settings as the general project directory. Only one value can then be displayed when there is a discrepancy between the project directory entered in the user settings and the current project path. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PROJECTPATH |
| 10011 |
Project description |
Projects |
Description of the project. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_INSTALLATIONNAME |
| 10012 |
Use page name in DT |
Projects |
This setting is used to monitor whether the page name for devices is to be adopted in the prefix of the DT. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_TAKEOVERPAGENUMBER |
| 10013 |
Job number |
Projects |
Enter the project number or the job number here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DRAWINGNUMBER |
| 10014 |
Commission |
Projects |
Enter e.g. the project number or a job number here. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMMISSION |
| 10015 |
Company name |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYNAME |
| 10016 |
Company address 1 |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS1 |
| 10017 |
Company address 2 |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS2 |
| 10018 |
Separator for structures |
Projects |
Contains all structure separators in coded form (except the document structure).
Format: Number of entries and then, separated by tabs, higher-level and lower level structure identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDSEPARATORS |
| 10019 |
Nested device tags |
Projects |
This stores a coded value defining which device tags are nested and in what manner.
Format: Number of entries and then each setting separated by tabs (as 0 or 1 coded Boolean variables). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDNESTINGSETTINGS |
| 10020 |
Creator |
Projects |
The logon name or user code of the project creator is displayed here. Specify whether the logon name or user code is to be output in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATOR |
| 10021 |
Creation date |
Projects |
Date the project was created. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATIONDATE |
| 10022 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Projects |
User code of the last person to edit the project. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 10023 |
Modification date |
Projects |
Date of last changes to the project. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 10024 |
Last translation: Date |
Projects |
The date of the last foreign language translation. How the date is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONDATE |
| 10025 |
Responsible for project |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_RESPONSIBLEFORPROJECT |
| 10026 |
Project end |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_PROJECTEND |
| 10027 |
Date |
Projects |
Provides the current date as a character string corresponding to the currently defined formatting. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_ACTUALDATE |
| 10028 |
Project start |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_PROJECTBEGIN |
| 10029 |
Superior structure formats |
Projects |
A coded value is stored here, indicating which structures are to be "superior", i.e. the identifying name or DT element. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_SPECIALDINMODE |
| 10030 |
Make |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_MAKE |
| 10031 |
Project: Type |
Projects |
Serves to indicate the type, e.g. machine or plant. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_TYPE |
| 10032 |
Place of installation |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_LOCATIONOFINSTALLATION |
| 10033 |
Part features |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_PARTFEATURES |
| 10034 |
Environmental consideration |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENVIRONMENTALCONSIDERATION |
| 10035 |
Location |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_LOCATION |
| 10036 |
Regulation |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_REGULATION |
| 10037 |
Degree of protection |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEGOFPROTECTION |
| 10038 |
Enclosures |
Projects |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENCLOSURES |
| 10039 |
Power supply |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_POWERINPUT |
| 10040 |
Input lead |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_LEADIN |
| 10041 |
Control voltage |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CONTROLVOLTAGE |
| 10042 |
Manufacturing date |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_MANUFACTURINGDATE |
| 10043 |
Last EPLAN version used |
Projects |
EPLAN version used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTUSEDVERSION |
| 10044 |
Last EPLAN build number used |
Projects |
EPLAN build number used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTUSEDBUILDNUMBER |
| 10045 |
Project path (full) |
Projects |
Complete file path of the project file, but without the project file name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_FULL_PROJECTPATH |
| 10046 |
Creation time |
Projects |
The time the project was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_CREATIONTIME |
| 10047 |
Modification time |
Projects |
The time the project was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONTIME |
| 10048 |
Last translation: Time |
Projects |
The time of the last foreign language translation. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONTIME |
| 10050 |
Structure format for pages |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for the page name. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PAGE |
| 10051 |
Structure format for interruption points |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for interruption points. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_INTERRUPTIONPOINT |
| 10053 |
Structure format for busbars |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for busbars. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_BUSBAR |
| 10054 |
Superior structure format for all devices |
Projects |
Defines the superior structure format for all devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_MASTERDEVICES |
| 10055 |
Structure format for general devices |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for general devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_STANDARDDEVICE |
| 10056 |
Structure format for black boxes |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for black boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DEVICEBOX |
| 10057 |
Structure format for PLC / bus technology |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLC |
| 10059 |
Structure format for terminal strips |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for terminal strips. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_TERMINALSTRIP |
| 10060 |
Structure format for plugs |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for plugs. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLUG |
| 10061 |
Structure format for cables |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for cables. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CABLE |
| 10062 |
Structure format for structure boxes |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for structure boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10063 |
Structure format for fluid devices |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_FLUID |
| 10064 |
Structure format for fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10065 |
Number of frozen pages per page type |
Projects |
Provides the number of frozen pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). |
Data |
Integer |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_FROZENPERPAGETYPE |
| 10069 |
Project template |
Projects |
Displays the template (project template, basic project, or, for a copied project, the source project) from which the project was created. To distinguish between project templates, basic projects, and source projects, the file name extension is displayed in addition to the file name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ORIGIN |
| 10070 |
Naming format for pages |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for pages. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PAGE |
| 10071 |
Naming format for interruption points |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for interruption points. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_INTERRUPTIONPOINT |
| 10073 |
Naming format for busbars |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for busbars. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10074 |
Superior naming format for all devices |
Projects |
Contains the combined quantity of all naming elements used in the device naming formats. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MASTERDEVICES |
| 10075 |
Naming format for devices |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for general devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICE |
| 10076 |
Naming format for black boxes |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for black boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICEBOX |
| 10077 |
Naming format for PLC / bus technology |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLC |
| 10079 |
Naming format for terminal strips |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for terminal strips. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_TERMINALSTRIP |
| 10080 |
Naming format for plugs |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for plugs. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10081 |
Naming format for cables |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for cables. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10082 |
Naming format for structure boxes |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for structure boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10083 |
Naming format for fluid devices |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_FLUID |
| 10084 |
Naming format for fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10085 |
Structure format for mechanical devices |
Projects |
Specifies the structure format, i.e. the identifying DT elements, for mechanical devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_MECHANIC |
| 10086 |
Naming format for mechanical devices |
Projects |
Specifies the naming format, i.e. the identifying and describing DT elements, for mechanical devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MECHANIC |
| 10089 |
Sequence of the project structures in the page name |
Projects |
Describes the sequence of the project structures in the page name and furthermore also defines the sorting of the pages. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_STRUCTURESEQUENCE_PAGE |
| 10090 |
Edit DT in individual fields |
Projects |
This specifies that the DT is edited in individual fields and a standard format is not used. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_ENABLECUSTOMFORMAT |
| 10091 |
Sequence of individual DT properties |
Projects |
Describes the sequence of the individual DT properties when the DT is edited in individual fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_CUSTOMFORMAT |
| 10092 |
Structure of tree structure in page tree |
Projects |
Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_PAGES_HIERARCHY |
| 10093 |
Show descriptive identifiers in page tree |
Projects |
Specifies whether the tree view of the page navigator shows describing structure identifiers. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_PAGES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES |
| 10094 |
Structure of the tree structure in the device navigators |
Projects |
Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the device navigators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_HIERARCHY |
| 10095 |
Show descriptive identifiers in device navigators |
Projects |
Specifies whether the tree view of the device navigators shows describing structure identifiers. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES |
| 10096 |
n. n. |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_POTENTIALDEFINITION |
| 10097 |
n. n. |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESSDEFINITION |
| 10099 |
Project structure: Product |
Projects |
Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PRODUCT |
| 10100 |
Customer: Short name |
Projects |
Short name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERID |
| 10101 |
Customer: Title |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERTITLE |
| 10102 |
Customer: Name 1 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME1 |
| 10103 |
Customer: Name 2 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME2 |
| 10104 |
Customer: Name 3 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME3 |
| 10105 |
Customer: Street |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERSTREET |
| 10106 |
Customer: P.O. box |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERPOBOX |
| 10107 |
Customer: Zip code (City) |
Projects |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODE |
| 10108 |
Customer: City |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERCITY |
| 10109 |
Customer: Country |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERCOUNTRY |
| 10110 |
Customer: Phone |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERTELEPHONE |
| 10111 |
Customer: Fax |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERFAX |
| 10112 |
Customer: E-mail |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMEREMAIL |
| 10113 |
Customer: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Projects |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10114 |
Customer: State / Region |
Projects |
Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERREGION |
| 10115 |
Customer: Full name |
Projects |
Full name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERLONGNAME |
| 10116 |
Customer: Customer number |
Projects |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNUMBER |
| 10117 |
Customer: Description |
Projects |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNOTE |
| 10130 |
End customer: Short name |
Projects |
Short name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERID |
| 10131 |
End customer: Title |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTITLE |
| 10132 |
End customer: Name 1 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME1 |
| 10133 |
End customer: Name 2 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME2 |
| 10134 |
End customer: Name 3 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME3 |
| 10135 |
End customer: Street |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERSTREET |
| 10136 |
End customer: P.O. box |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERPOBOX |
| 10137 |
End customer: Zip code (City) |
Projects |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODE |
| 10138 |
End customer: City |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCITY |
| 10139 |
End customer: Country |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCOUNTRY |
| 10140 |
End customer: Phone |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTELEPHONE |
| 10141 |
End customer: Fax |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERFAX |
| 10142 |
End customer: E-mail |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMEREMAIL |
| 10143 |
End customer: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Projects |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10144 |
End customer: State / Region |
Projects |
Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_REGION |
| 10145 |
End customer: Full name |
Projects |
Full name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_LONGNAME |
| 10146 |
End customer: Customer number |
Projects |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NUMBER |
| 10147 |
End customer: Description |
Projects |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NOTE |
| 10149 |
Revision: Original project name |
Projects |
Name of original project from which the revision was generated. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT_NAME |
| 10150 |
Revisions |
Projects |
Revision designations, max 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISIONS |
| 10151 |
Revision: Original project name (complete) |
Projects |
Name of original project from which the revision was generated, including file name extension and complete file path. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT |
| 10152 |
Revision marker (from property comparison) |
Projects
Pages
Placements
Connections
Segments (pre-planning) |
Marker text that displays the changes to an object in a revision (compatible with EPLAN 21). |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISIONMARKER |
| 10153 |
Revision change marker (from property comparison) |
Projects
Placements
Pages
Connections
Segments (pre-planning) |
Displays the type of change to an object in a revision (added, changed or deleted). |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISIONID |
| 10154 |
Revision: Change tracking started |
Projects |
Indicates when the change tracking started during a revision. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_START |
| 10155 |
Revision name (change tracking) |
Projects |
Revision name (change tracking), max. 1,000 possible. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 10156 |
Revision comment (change tracking) |
Projects |
Revision comment (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 10157 |
Revision created by (change tracking) |
Projects |
Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 10158 |
Revision date (change tracking) |
Projects |
Revision date (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 10159 |
Revision time (change tracking) |
Projects |
Time when a project was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 records allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 10160 |
Approved by |
Projects |
Shows the editor who has checked the project. This property can be entered in the Project properties dialog. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDBY |
| 10161 |
Approved date |
Projects |
Shows date and time of checking the project. This property can be entered in the Project properties dialog. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE |
| 10162 |
Checked by |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDBY |
| 10163 |
Checked date |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE |
| 10164 |
Revision: Temporary reference project |
Projects |
Specifies whether it is a temporary reference project. (Temporary reference projects can be deleted at any time.) |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_TEMP |
| 10180 |
Customer code |
Projects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMIDENTIFICATION |
| 10181 |
User |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_IDENTIFICATION |
| 10182 |
Workstation |
Projects |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_STATION |
| 10184 |
Unique project ID |
Projects |
Unique project ID, used in the project management. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_GUID |
| 10185 |
License number of dongle |
Projects
Pages |
The license number of the dongle used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_SERIALNUMBERDONGLE |
| 10190 |
User code (change tracking) |
Projects
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows the user code that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERCODE |
| 10191 |
User name (change tracking) |
Projects
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows the user name that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERNAME |
| 10192 |
User: Phone number (change tracking) |
Projects
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows the phone number that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERPHONE |
| 10193 |
User: E-mail address (change tracking) |
Projects
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows the e-mail address that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USEREMAIL |
| 10195 |
Defined working section (from change tracking) |
Projects |
The property is used in projects with revised defined working sections. Shows the defined working section that was completed in a revision, a maximum of 1,000 is possible. This allows you, for example, to view the revision status of the individual defined working sections in the project properties. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA |
| 10200 |
Number of pages per page type |
Projects |
Provides the number of pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). |
Data |
Integer |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_COUNTPERPAGETYPE |
| 10230 |
Creator: Short name |
Projects |
Short designation of the project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORID |
| 10231 |
Creator: Title |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORTITLE |
| 10232 |
Creator: Name 1 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME1 |
| 10233 |
Creator: Name 2 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME2 |
| 10234 |
Creator: Name 3 |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME3 |
| 10235 |
Creator: Street |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORSTREET |
| 10236 |
Creator: P.O. box |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORPOBOX |
| 10237 |
Creator: Zip code (City) |
Projects |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORZIPCODE |
| 10238 |
Creator: City |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORCITY |
| 10239 |
Creator: Country |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORCOUNTRY |
| 10240 |
Creator: Phone |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORTELEPHONE |
| 10241 |
Creator: Fax |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORFAX |
| 10242 |
Creator: E-mail |
Projects |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATOREMAIL |
| 10243 |
Creator: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Projects |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10244 |
Creator: State / Region |
Projects |
State within a country. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORREGION |
| 10245 |
Creator: Full name |
Projects |
Full name of project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORLONGNAME |
| 10246 |
Creator: Customer number |
Projects |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNUMBER |
| 10247 |
Creator: Description |
Projects |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part......, good credit, etc." and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNOTE |
| 10250 |
Last modification date per page type |
Projects |
Provides the last modification date of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_DATEPERPAGETYPE |
| 10251 |
Last modification time per page type |
Projects |
Provides the last modification time of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). The time representation can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
PROJ_TIMEPERPAGETYPE |
| 10300 |
Total no. of pages |
Projects |
Indicates the total number of pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PAGECOUNT |
| 10301 |
Created pages |
Projects |
Provides the number of manually generated pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_EDITEDPAGES |
| 10302 |
Generated report pages |
Projects |
Provides the number of (automatically generated) report pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_GENERATEDPAGES |
| 10303 |
Project status |
Projects |
Provides the information of the individual messaging areas in a tab-delimited character string. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PROJECTSTATUS |
| 10304 |
Number of layout spaces |
Projects |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJECT_INSTALLATIONSPACECOUNT |
| 10310 |
Thermal design: Voltage |
Projects |
Voltage for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_VOLTAGE |
| 10311 |
Thermal design: Frequency |
Projects |
Frequency for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_FREQUENCY |
| 10312 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor |
Projects |
Simultaneity factor for calculating the power dissipation. The simultaneity factor is an estimated value that takes into consideration the fact all the devices are never switched on simultaneously at full power in a plant. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR |
| 10313 |
Thermal design: Total power dissipation for air-conditioning field |
Projects |
Total power dissipation for air-conditioning fields, contains the calculation of the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_POWER_OF_ZONE |
| 10370 |
Customer |
Projects |
This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. If data has been backed up in EPLAN 5 and the project has been filed off, the name of the customer to whom the project was delivered is indicated here. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_CUSTOMER |
| 10450 |
Start page name with document type |
Projects |
Defines whether the document type is placed in front of the page name. This property is only descriptive; the actual setting is made via the project structures. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_ADDITIONALINFO_DOCUMENTSTRUCTUREINFRONT |
| 10500 |
Source language |
Projects |
Project setting for the source language. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_SOURCELANGUAGE |
| 10510 |
Data backup: Complete backup |
Projects |
In the project management, shows whether the project has been completely or minimally backed up. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_FULL |
| 10511 |
Data backup: Back up external documents |
Projects |
In the project management, shows whether external documents were also saved in the backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_EXTDOCS |
| 10512 |
Data backup: Back up image files |
Projects |
In the project management, shows whether image files were also saved in the backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_IMAGES |
| 10513 |
Data backup: Reorganize project |
Projects |
In the project management, shows whether the project was reorganized on backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_COMPRESS |
| 10514 |
Data backup: Method |
Projects |
In the project management, shows the manner in which the project was backed up (back up/ filed off / archived). |
Archive data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_METHOD |
| 10515 |
Data backup: Backup medium |
Projects |
In the project management, shows the medium used to back up the project. |
Archive data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_MEDIUM |
| 10516 |
Data backup: E-mail message split size in MB |
Projects |
In the project management, shows the size of the parts used for an email backup of the project. |
Archive data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_SPLITSIZE |
| 10517 |
Data backup: Backup directory |
Projects |
In the project management, shows the directory used to back up the project. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_BACKUPPATH |
| 10518 |
Data backup: Description |
Projects |
In the project management, shows the description of the last backup. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_DESCRIPTION |
| 10600 |
Block property: Format (general devices) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10601 |
Block property: Format (terminal strip definition) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10602 |
Block property: Format (terminal) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10603 |
Block property: Format (plug definition) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10604 |
Block property: Format (pin) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10605 |
Block property: Format (PLC box) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10606 |
Block property: Format (PLC connection point) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 300 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10607 |
Block property: Format (cable / shield) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10608 |
Block property: Format (connection) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTION |
| 10609 |
Block property: Format (interruption point) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10610 |
Block property: Format (black box) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10611 |
Block property: Format (device connection point) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10612 |
Block property: Format (busbar) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10613 |
Block property: Format (fluid device) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10614 |
Block property: Format (fluid connection splicer / line connector) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10615 |
Block property: Format (PCT loop) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLT |
| 10616 |
Block property: Format (PCT loop function) |
Projects |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLTFUNCTION |
| 10617 |
Block property: Format (process engineering) |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESS |
| 10618 |
Block property: Format (page) |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PAGE |
| 10619 |
Block property: Format (mechanical) |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_MECHANIC |
| 10620 |
Format of displayed DT: General devices |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10621 |
Format of displayed DT: Terminal strip definition |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10622 |
Format of displayed DT: Terminal |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10623 |
Format of displayed DT: Plug definition |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10624 |
Format of displayed DT: Pin |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10625 |
Format of displayed DT: PLC box |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10626 |
Format of displayed DT: PLC connection point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10627 |
Format of displayed DT: Cable / shield |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10629 |
Format of displayed DT: Interruption point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10630 |
Format of displayed DT: Black box |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10631 |
Format of displayed DT: Device connection point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10632 |
Format of displayed DT: Busbar |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10633 |
Format of displayed DT: Fluid device |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10634 |
Format of displayed DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10635 |
Format of displayed DT: Cable connection |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION |
| 10640 |
Format of full DT: General devices |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10641 |
Format of full DT: Terminal strip definition |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10642 |
Format of full DT: Terminal |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10643 |
Format of full DT: Plug definition |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10644 |
Format of full DT: Pin |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10645 |
Format of full DT: PLC box |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10646 |
Format of full DT: PLC connection point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10647 |
Format of full DT: Cable / shield |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10649 |
Format of full DT: Interruption point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10650 |
Format of full DT: Black box |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10651 |
Format of full DT: Device connection point |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10652 |
Format of full DT: Busbar |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10653 |
Format of full DT: Fluid device |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10654 |
Format of full DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10655 |
Format of full DT: Cable connection |
Projects |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION |
| 10660 |
Block property: Replacement text |
Projects |
Using this project property, you can define up to ten tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of block properties: When editing block properties you can use the dialog Format: Block property to select the table with the replacement texts to be used for a property. The values of the selected property are then compared to the texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT |
| 10661 |
Block property: Format (pre-planning) |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLAOBJECT |
| 10662 |
Block property: Format (structure box) |
Projects |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10901 |
Supplementary field |
Projects |
Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the project that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 10902 |
Type of project |
Projects |
Indicates the type of project, e.g. "Macro project". |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_NUMERICTYPE |
| 11000 |
Page name |
Pages |
Consists of the page number, i.e. the page counter and subcounter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_NAME |
| 11001 |
Modification time (automatic) |
Pages |
The time the page was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONTIME |
| 11002 |
Creation time |
Pages |
The time the page was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_CREATIONTIME |
| 11003 |
Watermark (revision) |
Pages |
Watermark text for version-controlled pages, stored as a project setting. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_WATERMARK |
| 11004 |
Number of pages per structure |
Pages |
Indicates the number of pages within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available under the mounting location "ET1", "3" is output here. |
Special |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_IN_LOCATION |
| 11005 |
At least one object with revision marker (from property comparison) |
Pages |
At least one object per page has a revision marker. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_INSTANCE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER |
| 11006 |
Automatically generated |
Pages |
Shows whether the page has been automatically generated, and provides information about the author:
0 = No
1 = Single-line representation (PLC schematic generation)
2 = Multi-line representation (PLC schematic generation)
3 = I/O overview (PLC schematic generation)
4 = Rack overview (PLC schematic generation)
5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration
6 = Schematic generator (ESG)
7 = Report
8 = Pre-planning. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
PAGE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 11007 |
At least one object or page with revision marker (from property comparison) |
Pages |
At least one object per page or the page itself has a revision marker. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_INSTANCE_OR_PAGE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER |
| 11008 |
Macro: Name |
Pages
Macro boxes
Layout spaces |
File name of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_NAME |
| 11009 |
Page name (full) |
Pages |
Full page name; contains page names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_FULLNAME |
| 11010 |
Page name (identifying) |
Pages |
Identifying page name; contains page names and the identifying, but not describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_IDENTNAME |
| 11011 |
Page description |
Pages |
Descriptive text for the page, is displayed in (e.g.) the tree view of the page navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_NOMINATIOMN |
| 11012 |
Page counter |
Pages |
This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_COUNTER |
| 11013 |
Page subcounter |
Pages |
This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_SUBCOUNTER |
| 11014 |
Macro: Description |
Pages
Macro boxes
Layout spaces |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 11015 |
Form name |
Pages |
Name of the form used by the page. Selection is made from a list of available forms. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_FORMULAR |
| 11016 |
Plot frame name |
Pages |
Name of the plot frame used by the page.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_FORMPLOT |
| 11017 |
Page type |
Pages |
Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_TYPE |
| 11018 |
Macro: Name |
Layout spaces |
File name of the 3D macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_NAME |
| 11019 |
Macro: Description |
Layout spaces |
Description text for the 3D macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 11020 |
Creator |
Pages |
Here the logon name or the combination of the user code and user name of the creator of the page is displayed. Specify whether the logon name or user code and name is to be output in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_CREATOR |
| 11021 |
Creation date |
Pages |
Date the page was created. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PAGE_CREATIONDATE |
| 11022 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Pages |
Logon name of the last person who edited the page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 11023 |
Modification date (manual) |
Pages |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PAGE_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 11024 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Pages |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 11025 |
Macro: Version |
Layout spaces |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VERSION |
| 11026 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Layout spaces |
|
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACROSOURCEREF |
| 11029 |
Page type (ID) |
Pages |
Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_TYPE_NUMERIC |
| 11030 |
Drawing number |
Pages |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_DRAWINGID |
| 11031 |
Suppl. field: Page |
Pages |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALPAGE |
| 11032 |
Suppl. field: Group |
Pages |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALGROUP |
| 11033 |
Suppl. field: Sheet no. |
Pages |
The sheet number is used in addition to the page name and can consist of any combination of numbers and letters. It must be unique within an identifier block (same higher-level function / mounting location). A start number must be entered, e.g. M1 or LM010, so that the property can be automatically assigned in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALSHEETNUMBER |
| 11034 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Pages |
|
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACROSOURCEREF |
| 11035 |
Keep parts at placement |
Pages |
This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained.
If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO |
| 11036 |
Object identifier |
Pages |
The object identifier is used for the identification of pages in accordance with DIN EN 61355-1. In doing so, the object identifier assigns a document (i.e. a project page) to a certain object (e.g. a function, a location, or a product). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE |
| 11037 |
Trade |
Pages |
Determines the technology to be applied or selected. Depending on the page type, miscellaneous trades are available for a project page:
0 = Electrical engineering
1 = Mechanics
2 = Hydraulics
3 = Pneumatics
4 = Cooling
5 = Lubrication
6 = Process engineering
7 = Fluid power, general
99 = General.
The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PAGE_CRAFT |
| 11038 |
Structure identifier with separators stored in the object identifier |
Pages |
The unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves for display purposes in the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREWITHOUTPREFIX |
| 11039 |
Part of the structure identifier without separators stored in the object identifier |
Pages |
Supplies a part of the unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves to display in the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREPARTWITHOUTPREFIX |
| 11040 |
Next page |
Pages |
Name / number of the page following the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NEXT |
| 11041 |
Previous page |
Pages |
Name / number of the page before the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_PREV |
| 11042 |
Page number |
Pages |
Part of the page name. The page number consists of the page counter and the page's subcounter. Identifier blocks like higher-level function or mounting location are not displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NUMBER |
| 11043 |
Highest page number per structure |
Pages |
Indicates the highest number of pages used within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available with the page numbers "1," "3" and "5" under the mounting location "ET1", "5" is output here. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_MAXNUMBERLOCATION |
| 11044 |
Scale (ratio) |
Pages |
Shows the contents of the property Scale (ID 11048) as a property , for example "10 : 1" or "1 : 4". You can place this property as a special text on project pages. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_SCALE_RELATION |
| 11045 |
Contains results in the search results list |
Pages |
With the help of this property the pages contained in the search results list can be taken into consideration when pages are filtered. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_HAS_RESULTS_IN_SEARCHLIST |
| 11048 |
Scale |
Pages |
Scale 1:x. A dimension definition can be added to every page, regardless of type. This is required when you are using dimensions or to correctly scale graphical macros when inserting them. |
Settings |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
PAGE_SCALE |
| 11049 |
Frozen report page |
Pages |
Indicated whether a reporting page has been frozen. This type of page is no longer to be assigned to a reporting block and will no longer be updated. |
Special |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_FROZEN_EVALUATIONPAGE |
| 11050 |
Automatic page modified |
Pages |
Shows whether an automatically created page has been subsequently manually edited. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed. |
Special |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_AUTOPAGECHANGED |
| 11051 |
Grid |
Pages |
Raster setting of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOLUTION |
| 11056 |
Macro: Source project |
Pages |
Project name of the project used to create the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACROSOURCEPROJECT |
| 11057 |
Macro: Description |
Pages |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRODESCRIPTION |
| 11058 |
External document |
Pages |
External document that is integrated into the project via the page type "External document". In doing so, the external document is referenced by an entry in the page properties. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_EXTDOCUMENT |
| 11059 |
Special remarks of creator |
Pages |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_ANNOTATION |
| 11060 |
Change of standard: Do not rotate and flip |
Pages |
Pages with this property are not rotated or flipped when changing standards. This property is activated by default for pages with type "Fluid power schematic". |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_DONT_CHANGESTANDARD |
| 11062 |
Number of pages per property |
Pages |
Indicates the number of pages with a specific property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the result is written to the "Page names per property" property. |
Special |
Integer |
No |
No |
PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11063 |
Page names per property |
Pages |
Shows the names of the pages with a specified property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to list the pages with the same value as this property, and the page names are written to the "Page names per property" property. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_PAGENAMES_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11064 |
Page counter per property |
Pages |
With this property you can have the information displayed in the page properties or in a plot frame on the number of pages including the present one exist with a specific property (for example Page "4" with higher-level function "A31"). The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the counter is written to the "Page counter per property" property. |
Special |
Integer |
No |
No |
PAGE_PAGENUMBER_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11066 |
Source |
Pages |
Specifies the source used for generating the page. Symbol libraries, symbols, and symbol variants are entered from the symbol editor. The full file name is entered from the form editor and plot frame editor. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOURCE |
| 11067 |
Report: Source project |
Pages |
Specifies the project from which the data for the report is taken. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOURCE_PROJECT |
| 11070 |
Revision created by (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 11071 |
Revision index (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Text used to identify change. Existing values can be selected from a list. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 11072 |
Revision description (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Revision description (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 11073 |
Reason for revision change (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Reason for revision change (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE |
| 11074 |
Revision date (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Date on which a change was carried out within a revision. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 11075 |
Associated project revision (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REV |
| 11076 |
Page in draft mode |
Pages |
As soon as you make changes to a page in a revision, it is marked as a "draft". This is shown visually with a watermark on the page, and the page is assigned this property. This mark is retained until you complete the page. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT |
| 11077 |
Associated revision name (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Outputs the name of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REVNAME |
| 11078 |
Revision time (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Time when a page was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 11079 |
Defined working section (from change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the defined working section to which the page (or the layout space) belongs that was changed in a revision. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. You can, for example, use the property as a filter criterion in the page navigator in order to filter pages that were changed at a specific revision (e.g. Index 2). |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA |
| 11080 |
Approved by |
Pages |
Shows the editor who has checked the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDBY |
| 11081 |
Approved date |
Pages |
Shows date and time of checking the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE |
| 11082 |
Checked by |
Pages |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDBY |
| 11083 |
Checked date |
Pages |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE |
| 11084 |
Origin |
Pages |
Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_SOURCE |
| 11085 |
Replacement of |
Pages |
Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_SUBSTITUTIONOF |
| 11086 |
Replaced by |
Pages |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_REPLACEDBY |
| 11087 |
Revision: Approved by (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows the editor who has checked the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog; it is not translatable. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1000 entries are possible. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDBY |
| 11088 |
Revision: Approved date (change tracking) |
Pages
Layout spaces |
Shows date and time of checking the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1,000 entries are possible. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDDATE |
| 11090 |
Block property |
Pages |
Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PAGE_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 11091 |
Block property: Format |
Pages |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 11901 |
Supplementary field |
Pages |
Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the page that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 11910 |
Macro: Name |
Pages |
File name of the page macro, if required with path specifications. Both relative as well as absolute directory paths are allowed. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRO |
| 11911 |
Macro: Version |
Pages |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_VERSION |
| 12002 |
Row height |
Plot frames |
Height of the grid rows. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_POSITIONSIZE |
| 12003 |
Grid offset X |
Plot frames |
Grid offset in the X direction relative to the origin. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_X |
| 12004 |
Grid offset Y |
Plot frames |
Grid offset in the Y direction relative to the origin. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_Y |
| 12005 |
Number of columns |
Plot frames |
Number of grid columns. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_ROWS |
| 12006 |
Number of rows |
Plot frames |
Number of grid rows. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_COLUMS |
| 12007 |
Number of ladders |
Plot frames |
Specifies how many 'ladders' are shown on a page for JIC projects. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_LADDERS |
| 12009 |
Row numbering format |
Plot frames |
Format of the row numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_FORMAT_OF_NUMBERING_POSITION |
| 12010 |
Alphabetical column / row distribution |
Plot frames |
Sequence of characters used for implementation of column and row numbers in strings. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal column designations. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FRAME_ROW_AND_POS_ALPHABETIC_ALLOCATION |
| 12011 |
Column numbering format |
Plot frames |
Format of the column numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_FORMAT_OF_ROW_NUMBERS |
| 12012 |
Asynchronous columns |
Plot frames |
Semi-colon delimited list of length values in EPLAN coordinates, defines the width of individual columns (starting at the left) for asynchronous plot frames. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FRAME_ASYNCHRON_ROWS |
| 12013 |
Asynchronous rows |
Plot frames |
Semi-colon delimited list of length values in EPLAN coordinates, defines the width of individual rows (starting at the left) for asynchronous plot frames. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FRAME_ASYNCHRON_POS |
| 12014 |
Show column designation on non-logical pages |
Plot frames |
Specifies whether the column designations for this plot frame should also be output on non-logic pages (non-schematic pages). By default, designations are suppressed on non-logical pages. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_ROW_DESC_OF_NON_LOGICAL_PAGES |
| 12016 |
Page orientation / paper format |
Plot frames |
Plot frame orientation: 0 = Landscape format, 1 = Portrait format. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_PAGE_ORIENTATION |
| 12025 |
Start value (column) |
Plot frames
Pages |
The column numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATH_STARTID |
| 12026 |
Start value (row) |
Plot frames
Pages |
The row numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_POS_STARTID |
| 12027 |
String for column designation |
Pages
Plot frames |
Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined column designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of columns and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_PATH_ALPHASET |
| 12028 |
String for row designation |
Plot frames
Pages |
Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined row designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of rows and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_POS_ALPHASET |
| 12029 |
Number of characters for column / row |
Plot frames
Pages |
Number of characters for column and row numbers for numerical representation; fills in the "missing" digits with zeros, such as column number "1" in the three-digit representation: "001". |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATHPOS_MINDIGITS |
| 12030 |
Add page names |
Plot frames |
If this property is activated, the page name is added to the column designation (page name + column designation). Relevant for the NFPA standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_ADD_PAGENAME |
| 12031 |
Continuous row / column designation |
Plot frames |
For ladder logic: The rows are incremented exactly like the columns, that is, each row designation only exists once per page. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONT_LADDER_DESCR |
| 12032 |
String for alphanumeric |
Plot frames |
If an alphanumeric column and row numbering format is specified for a plot frame (ID 12009 or ID 12011), then you enter the value of the column or row designations here. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal designations. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEFAULT_ALPHASET |
| 12033 |
Plot frame dimensions: X axis |
Plot frames |
Defines the X axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom. |
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_AREA_X |
| 12034 |
Plot frame dimensions: Y axis |
Plot frames |
Defines the Y axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom. |
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_AREA_Y |
| 12035 |
Inverse column numbering |
Plot frames |
This property sets column numbering from right to left, for projects that comply with the GOST standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATH_REVERSE_NUMBERING |
| 12036 |
Inverse row numbering |
Plot frames |
This property sets row numbering from bottom to top, for projects that comply with the GOST standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_POS_REVERSE_NUMBERING |
| 12050 |
DXF export: Name of block |
Plot frames |
Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_BLOCKNAME |
| 12051 |
DXF export: Insertion point (X) |
Plot frames |
This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_INSERTXCOORD |
| 12052 |
DXF export: Insertion point (Y) |
Plot frames |
This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_INSERTYCOORD |
| 12059 |
Contact image margin (on component) |
Plot frames
Pages |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the clearance of the contact image to the insertion point of the component, in the X or Y direction, depending on the plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_MOTORSWITCH_OFFSET |
| 12060 |
Contact image margin (in path) |
Plot frames
Pages |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the distance of the contact image to the bottom of the page or the relevant "Ladder" borders (depending on the plot frame used). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_OFFSET |
| 12061 |
Contact image offset |
Plot frames
Pages |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the offset of the contact image relative to the placement. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_POSTPONEMENT |
| 12062 |
Property arrangement: Automatic Y coordinate (path) |
Plot frames
Pages |
Specifies the value for the Y-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property Y coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_AUTOY_OFFSET |
| 12063 |
Property arrangement: Automatic X coordinate (path) |
Plot frames
Pages |
Specifies the value for the X-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property X coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FRAME_AUTOX_OFFSET |
| 12099 |
Number of messages |
Plot frames |
Shows the total number of all messages during the data transfer of plot frames. |
Messages |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_ERRORCOUNT |
| 12100 |
Error: Graphic |
Plot frames |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_GRAPHICERROR |
| 12101 |
Error: Property placement |
Plot frames |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 12102 |
Column width |
Plot frames |
Width of grid columns. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_PATHSIZE |
| 12103 |
Reporting direction |
Plot frames |
Indicates the reporting direction for a plot frame:
0 = Vertical,
1 = Horizontal.
For projects according to IEC standards, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; for projects according to the NFPA standards, it is usually horizontal. For projects according to the GOST standard, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; a column numbered from right to left and a row numbered from the bottom to top can also be set via the properties "Inverse column numbering" (ID 12035) and "Inverse row numbering" (ID 12036). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_DIRECTION |
| 12104 |
DT adoption: Search direction conforming to GOST standard |
Plot frames |
This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed to suit the GOST standard. If this property is activated, then in plot frames with a "Vertical" report generation direction, the DT is searched for towards the right and with a "Horizontal" report generation direction the DT is searched for downwards. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_FOR_GOST |
| 12105 |
n. n. |
Plot frames |
This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed. If this property is activated, the DT is only adopted from the box surrounding the function (black box, PLC box) on the corresponding project pages. If the function is not located in a box, no DT can be adopted. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_BOXESONLY |
| 12200 |
Error (import) |
Plot frames |
Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_IMPORTERROR |
| 13000 |
Form type |
Forms |
Defines the form type, i.e., whether it is a form for a device tag list, terminal diagram, etc. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_TYPE |
| 13001 |
Plot frame to edit form |
Forms |
The plot frame that is used for editing the form.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_FRAME |
| 13002 |
Form handling |
Forms |
Defines the form as being static or dynamic: 0 = static, 1 = dynamic. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_STATIC_DYN |
| 13003 |
Regenerate header after change |
Forms |
In this form property, you define the properties that cause a new data header area to be generated on the report page when they change. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE |
| 13004 |
No. of columns |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns to be generated on a page. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_COL_SIZE |
| 13005 |
No. of rows |
Forms |
Maximum number of rows to be generated on a page. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_ROW_SIZE |
| 13006 |
Column width |
Forms |
Width of the individual columns on a form. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_COL_WIDTH |
| 13007 |
Row height |
Forms |
Height of the individual rows on a form. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_ROW_HEIGHT |
| 13008 |
Form orientation |
Forms |
Sequence in which rows and columns are to be filled out: 0 = By row or 1 = By column. "By row" means that all the cells of a row are populated first before switching to the next row. In this case, jumpers are displayed vertically. "By column" means that all cells of a column are populated first before switching to the next column. In this case, jumpers are displayed horizontally. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_ROW_COL |
| 13009 |
Dynamic line adjustment |
Forms |
If indirect properties are indexed with 0, then the values for all (meaningful) indices are printed together. This is generally done using one-row lists separated by semicolons. In forms, however, you can output these values as separate elements (rows/columns).
Example: Indirect target.Name(0) results in M1;M2;X1:2. If dynamic row adjustment is activated, then these four target names are printed under each other. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_DYN_ROW_ALIGN |
| 13010 |
Jumpers: Height of first level |
Forms |
Height of a first level jumper in the terminal diagram. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_FIRST_LEV_HEIGHT |
| 13011 |
Connections |
Forms |
Used in forms for representing the terminal diagram. The assignment of a connection to two connection points is thus shown as a three-tuple (an ordered quantity of assignments); multiple connection assignments are each separated by a "pipe" character.
Example: For the current cable, the entry "1;2:red|2;3;|;3;4;blue" means: The red conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 1 with Connection point 2. The second conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 2 with Connection point 3. The blue conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 3 with Connection point 4. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_ASSIGNMENT_CONNECTED_TERMINALS |
| 13012 |
Jumpers: Spacing |
Forms |
Clearance between two jumpers at neighboring levels. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_DISTANCE |
| 13013 |
Jumpers: Radius of connecting points |
Forms |
Nodes of jumpers are graphically shown in the terminal diagram with a small filled circle. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates). (Start and end "legs" don't have dots.) |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_CP_RADIUS |
| 13014 |
Jumpers: Radius for nodes |
Forms |
If jumpers are shown graphically in the terminal diagram, then a small filled circle is set on the base line on each leg of the jumper. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_NODE_RADIUS |
| 13015 |
Jumpers: Height of internal wire jumper / insertable jumper |
Forms |
Height of an internal wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_HEIGHT |
| 13016 |
Jumpers: Height of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Forms |
Height of an external wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_HEIGHT |
| 13017 |
Jumpers: Spacing of internal wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Forms |
Clearance between two internal wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_DISTANCE |
| 13018 |
Jumpers: Spacing of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Forms |
Clearance between two external wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_DISTANCE |
| 13019 |
Format for automatic page description |
Forms |
Format for automatically assigned page descriptions in the generation of reporting lists. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_PAGE_DESC_AUTOFORMAT |
| 13020 |
Assignment: Index to graphic |
Forms |
A fixed graphic can be inserted in connection diagrams or other forms using the "Graphic" placeholder. The configuration property exists for the placeholder to allow the graphic to be exchanged with any other graphic. Here you assign an index value to the graphic. The graphic is then selected in the "Graphic" placeholder by specifying the index value. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_RELATION_INDEX_GRAPHIC |
| 13021 |
Assignment: Function definition to graphic |
Forms |
Assignment of a function definition to a symbol variant. Used when generating a page in order to create a fixed symbol graphic. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_RELATION_FUNC_DEF_GRAPHIC |
| 13026 |
Assignment: Property / value to graphic |
Forms
Plot frames |
Assignment of a property and / or a value to a symbol variant. This property contains the assignment table assigning a graphic to the property and / or the value. A max. of 10 assignments allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_PROPERTY_VAL_GRAPHIC |
| 13027 |
Jumper display |
Forms |
Graphical display of jumpers: 0 = Line or 1 = Angle. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_BEHAVIOUR_LINE_ANGLE |
| 13028 |
Jumpers: Line thickness |
Forms |
Line thickness used for displaying jumpers. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_LINE_WIDTH |
| 13029 |
Jumpers: Number of levels |
Forms |
Number of all jumper levels. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_COUNT_LAYERS |
| 13030 |
Cable chart: No. of cables A |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_A |
| 13031 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area A |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_A |
| 13032 |
Cable chart: No. of cables B |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_B |
| 13033 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area B |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_B |
| 13034 |
Cable chart: No. of cables C |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_C |
| 13035 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area C |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_C |
| 13036 |
Cable chart: No. of cables D |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_D |
| 13037 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area D |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_D |
| 13038 |
Cable chart: No. of cables (internal) |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_INT |
| 13039 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area, internal |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_INT |
| 13040 |
Cable chart: No. of cables (external) |
Forms |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for external terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_EXT |
| 13041 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area, external |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for external terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_EXT |
| 13042 |
Horizontal symbol distance |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed between neighboring symbols. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_DISTANCE |
| 13043 |
Number of adjacent symbols |
Forms |
Number of neighboring symbols to be displayed. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_COUNT |
| 13044 |
Graphic for saddle, insertable and wire jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. Saddle jumpers, insertable jumpers and wire jumpers are represented by the same graphic. If these jumpers be represented by different graphics, the properties for separate jumper graphics must be used instead, e.g. "Graphic for internal wire jumpers" (ID 13045), "Graphic for external wire jumpers" (ID 13046), "Graphic for saddle jumpers" (ID 13047), etc. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_ALL |
| 13045 |
Graphic for internal wire jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_INTERNAL |
| 13046 |
Graphic for external wire jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_EXTERNAL |
| 13047 |
Graphic for saddle jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE |
| 13048 |
Connection graphic |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_CONNECTION |
| 13049 |
Symbol graphic |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBOL |
| 13050 |
Component graphic |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBREF |
| 13051 |
Graphic for wire jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE |
| 13052 |
Combine multi-level terminals |
Forms |
Specifies whether multi-level terminals are displayed next to each other or under each other; useful for terminal line-up diagrams. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_COMBINE_MULTI_LEVEL_TERMINAL |
| 13053 |
Structure identifier overview |
Forms |
Selection of structure identifiers to be displayed in the form:
0 = All structure identifiers
1 = Structure identifiers of the pages
2 = Structure identifiers used. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_STRUCTIDENTIFIEROVERVIEW_TYPE |
| 13054 |
Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets |
Forms |
If this property is activated in a form for a device connection diagram, then external and internal targets are output together as internal targets. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_ALL_TARGETS_AS_INTERN |
| 13055 |
Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports |
Forms |
Specifies whether the "Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports" property is used or not. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_FRAME_USEINREPORTS |
| 13056 |
Form for subsequent pages |
Forms |
Shows the form for the following page, which can also have its own plot frame. The form for the following page is used with its plot frame as of the second page of a reporting block. If another next page form has been entered for the next page form, this is not taken into account when generating reports.
If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_NEXTPAGEFORM |
| 13057 |
Result from value set |
Forms |
Shows the indexed content of the value set. For each value set, all possible assignments to the function properties are reported. (That is, all possible values that take on the property of the function through an assignment of the value set are reported.) |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FORM_PLACEHOLDER_RESULT |
| 13058 |
Placeholder format |
Forms |
Shows all variable assignments that are entered in the placeholder object (i.e. entries from the "Variable" column on the "Assignment" tab of the "Placeholder object" dialog). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_PLACEHOLDER_FORMAT |
| 13059 |
Separator for multiple values |
Forms |
If several values are output in a text, then the character entered here is used as a separator. (A character string or a line break can also be entered as a separator.) If the property remains empty then a semicolon is used as a separator. Example: A1;A3;A6. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_MULTIRESULT_SEPARATOR |
| 13060 |
Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties |
Forms |
This property specifies whether and which sorting properties are to be used when generating a new data header area:
0 = No new data header area,
1 = First sorting property is used for a new data header area,
2 = First and second sorting properties will be used for a new data header area,
3 = First, second, and third sorting properties will be used for a new data header area etc. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE_WITH_SORTPROPS |
| 13061 |
Graphic for jumpers: Female pin end |
Forms |
Placeholder for generating graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_JACKSIDE |
| 13062 |
Graphic for jumpers: Male pin end |
Forms |
Placeholder for generating graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_PINSIDE |
| 13063 |
Consecutive number |
Forms |
Can be used in the data area and in the data header area of reports that are output in list form (for example parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. The property can also be used at a manufacturing data export. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER |
| 13064 |
Manufacturer / supplier list |
Forms |
Monitors the report action of the manufacturer/supplier list:
0 = Manufacturers and suppliers,
1 = Only manufacturers,
2 = Only suppliers. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_MANUFACTURERLIST_TYPE |
| 13065 |
Graphic for internal saddle jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_INTERNAL |
| 13066 |
Graphic for external saddle jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_EXTERNAL |
| 13067 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header A |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position A). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_A |
| 13068 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header B |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position B). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_B |
| 13069 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header C |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position C). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_C |
| 13070 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header D |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position D). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_D |
| 13071 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header, internal |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for internal terminal connections). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_INT |
| 13072 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header, external |
Forms |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for external terminal connections). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_EXT |
| 13073 |
Graphic for insertable jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION |
| 13074 |
Graphic for internal insertable jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_INTERNAL |
| 13075 |
Graphic for external insertable jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_EXTERNAL |
| 13076 |
Cable chart: Header perpendicular to data area |
Forms |
If this property is activated, the header of the cable chart is displayed across the data area. If it is not activated, the header has the same setup as the data area. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLEHEAD_ATHWART_TO_CABLETABLEDATA |
| 13077 |
Connection diagram: Number of steps, internal |
Forms |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying internal targets. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPCOUNT |
| 13078 |
Connection diagram: Interval between steps, internal |
Forms |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying internal targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPOFFSET |
| 13079 |
Connection diagram: Number of steps, external |
Forms |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying external targets. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPCOUNT |
| 13080 |
Connection diagram: Interval between steps, external |
Forms |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying external targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPOFFSET |
| 13081 |
Suppress data lines |
Forms |
There can be blank data rows in reports when the output properties are blank. Blank data lines are not output if this property is selected. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPPRESS_EMPTY_LINES |
| 13082 |
Separator for combined values |
Forms |
When several values with numbers are entered at the end of a text, the character (or character sequence) entered here is used as a separator. If the property remains blank, the character sequence "..." is used as a separator. Example: A1...A5 or A1-A5. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_SUMUP_SEPARATOR |
| 13083 |
Reuse header for new column |
Forms |
The header is repeated by default for every device when reporting dynamic forms. If this property is activated, the header is also repeated in each new column of the report. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_HEADER_IN_EACH_COLUMN |
| 13084 |
Connection diagram: Display all targets |
Forms |
If this property is activated, all targets will be output up to the first level in the connection diagram. For all other levels, only the first targets are output. In the connection diagram, the targets are placed in a row and are only entered when the connection points belong to the same device and are next to each other in the graphic. In case of several targets, the connection graphic is represented as an oblique line.
If the property is deactivated, always the first target will be output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ALLDESTINATIONS |
| 13085 |
Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points at targets |
Forms |
This property stands for device, terminal, cable as well as pin-connection diagrams. If it is activated, only the connected connection points of the displayed targets are output. This helps to save space in the connection diagrams. This property only relates to targets and does not affect the devices, cables, terminal strips, or plugs to be evaluated. These functions are also listed in the connection diagrams. Only the connected function connection points are output at the terminal strip, e.g. in a terminal connection diagram for a motor which is the target of a terminal strip. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ONLYCONNECTEDCP |
| 13086 |
Connection diagram: Internal targets in table form |
Forms |
If this form property is enabled, the properties of the internal targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page.
If the property is not enabled, the grouped internal targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_INT |
| 13087 |
Connection diagram: External targets in table form |
Forms |
If this form property is enabled, the properties of the external targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page.
If the property is not enabled, the grouped external targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_EXT |
| 13088 |
Revision output with deleted pages |
Forms |
If this form property is enabled, deleted pages are output in the revision overview. The option "Pages" must also be selected for the "Revision output type" property (ID 13106). Deleted pages are not output when the property is not enabled. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE_DELETEDPAGES |
| 13089 |
Number of combined records |
Forms |
This property can be used together with the "Combine in a line by" (ID 13111) property and indicates the number of objects that have been combined in a line. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FORM_SUMOBJECTSCOUNT |
| 13090 |
Connection diagram: Do not divide targets |
Forms |
If this property is activated, targets in connection point diagrams are always represented completely on a report page, rather than distributed on several report pages. Terminal strips and plugs are always separated regardless of this setting, if necessary, and the separation is drawn with a dotted line. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_NOBREAKBLOCKSONPAGE |
| 13091 |
Number of targets at target connection point |
Forms |
This property can be used in terminal diagrams to identify connections that originate from a terminal and connect, from a terminal target, other targets. The value contains the number of the targets identified at the target connection point. In this context, only wire targets are considered, but no jumper targets. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FORM_NUMBER_OF_DESTINATION |
| 13092 |
Consecutive number (header) |
Forms |
Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts again with "1" when the header changes.
The criterion that triggers a change in the header is defined by you in the properties "Regenerate header after change" (ID 13003) or "Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties" (ID 13060). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER_CAPTION |
| 13093 |
Consecutive number (page) |
Forms |
Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts on each new page again with "1". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER_PAGE |
| 13094 |
Graphic for internal switching jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_INTERNAL |
| 13095 |
Graphic for external switching jumpers |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_EXTERNAL |
| 13096 |
Jumpers: Suppress graphic for fin options |
Forms |
|
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPPRESS_SADDLE_JUMPER_POSSIBILITY |
| 13099 |
Number of messages |
Forms |
Total of all messages during the data transfer of forms. |
Messages |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_ERRORCOUNT |
| 13100 |
Error: Graphic |
Forms |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_GRAPHICERROR |
| 13101 |
Error: Property placement |
Forms |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 13102 |
Adapt row height dynamically |
Forms |
Adjusts the row height in dynamic forms. If a cell contains longer text that causes a line break, then only this row automatically becomes higher. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_ADAPT_LINEHEIGHT |
| 13103 |
Use new column for each device |
Forms |
In dynamically summarized reports, a new device (e.g. terminal strip or plug) begins in a new column. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_NEWDEVICE_IN_NEWCOLUMN |
| 13104 |
Display alignable accessories |
Forms |
Enables/disables the display of accessories that can be aligned in reports. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_VIEW_ACCESSORIES |
| 13105 |
No line feed in data header area |
Forms |
Controls the position of the data header area in forms. If the property is activated then the data header area is output with the next data row. If the property is deactivated then the data header area is output in its own row. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CAPTION_IN_DATALINE |
| 13106 |
Revision output type |
Forms |
This form property shows which revision data are output in the revision overview:
Pages: The revision data relevant to the page and the project are output.
Project: Only the revision data relevant to the project are output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE |
| 13107 |
Cable graphic |
Forms |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_CABLELINE |
| 13108 |
Replace variable values with text |
Forms |
This property is only available in summarized parts lists. If it is activated, then a text - not a value - from the project settings will be output for the corresponding property in functions that have a variable defined in the placeholder object. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_REPLACE_VAR_VALUES |
| 13109 |
Symbol variant |
Forms |
Specifies which symbol variant is displayed for output in the form for symbols that are represented by the "Symbol graphic" property. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_VARIANT |
| 13110 |
Reuse data header area for new column |
Forms |
The data header area is repeated by default for every function for reporting dynamic forms. If this property is enabled, the data header area is also repeated in every new column of the report. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CAPTION_IN_EACH_COLUMN |
| 13111 |
Combine in a line by |
Forms |
You specify the form properties for which identical data are to be entered in a row. For instance, you can combine the data for each page type in the table of contents. A semi-colon and the character sequence "..." are used as separators by default for entered values. However, you can also specify other separators via the properties "Separator for multiple values" and "Separator for combined values". |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORM_SUMMARIZE_PROPERTIES |
| 13112 |
Align graphics to insertion point (without alignment box) |
Forms |
The property can be used in forms and does affect all placeholders for graphics for which the alignment box has not been activated. The handle is set at the insertion point of the placeholder text for the symbols and macros inserted via this type of placeholder. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_USE_PHT_INSERTIONPOINT |
| 13113 |
Connection point-specific output |
Forms |
If this property is activated, a row is generated in terminal diagrams and terminal connection diagrams for each pair of connection points. Terminals with more than two connection points are automatically split across multiple rows. In addition, terminal connection points that are not connected are output. In addition, jumpers between an internal and an external connection point are not evaluated and displayed as jumpers. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_TERMCON_ORIENTED |
| 13114 |
Output only used symbols |
Forms |
If this property is activated, only the symbols actually used in the project will be output in the symbol overview. If the property is deactivated, all symbols of the symbol libraries stored in the project will be output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_USED_SYMBOLS_ONLY |
| 13115 |
Alphanumeric sorting for internal connection points |
Forms |
This form property is intended for use in table device connection diagrams in order to output the connection points there in an alphanumeric, collated, manner. For all connection points to be output internally and collated jointly, you must also activate the "Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets" (ID 13054) property. You cannot collate only external connection points.
In the case of alphanumeric collating, however, the logical association of the connection points is not always visible in the report. This sorting is first realized according to the "Plug designation (automatic)" (ID 20431) property, and then according to the connection point designation. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_SORT_INTERNAL_CP |
| 13116 |
Properties formatted: Replacement text |
Forms |
Using this form property, you can define up to ten tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of these properties when generating reports of forms that contain placeholder texts with formatted properties: When editing placeholder texts, you can select the table of replacement texts to be used for a property in the dialog Format: Block property. The values of the selected property are then compared to texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly.
When creating reports of forms, priority is given to the tables defined in this form property. If the selected table is not defined in the form property, the table of the same name will instead be used from the "Block property: Replacement text" (ID 10660) project property. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FORM_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT |
| 13117 |
Connection diagram: Target tracking across all devices |
Forms |
If this property is activated, the target tracking in connection point diagrams will be continued via any devices. For the search for further targets, the Target tracking (PLC) to property is used in the connection point logic of the devices. In addition, the Connection point diagram: Output only connected connection points (ID 13085) property is evaluated as activated.
The last external and internal target is in each case the first device found for which no connection points have been specified for the transfer in the Target tracking (PLC) to property. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TARGET_TRACKING_ALL |
| 13118 |
Apply abbreviation rules to all structure properties |
Forms |
|
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_REDUCE_STRUCTUREPROPS |
| 13119 |
Output all subordinate segments |
Forms |
When this form property is activated, all the subordinate segments are also determined and output for each segment in the data area of a report of the type "Structure segment plan" or "Planning object plan". |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_SUBOBJECTS_RECURSIVE |
| 13120 |
Suppress property placements |
Forms |
This property is only available for forms of the "Symbol overview" type. If the property is activated, only the symbol graphics are output in the symbol overview, but not the properties displayed by default at the symbol. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPRESS_PROPERTYINSTANCES |
| 13121 |
Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points |
Forms |
This property is only available for device connection diagrams. if it is activated, only the connected connection points of the reported device are displayed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FORM_MAINEVALUATIONOBJECT_ONLYCONNECTEDCP |
| 13200 |
Error (import) |
Forms |
Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_IMPORTERROR |
| 14020 |
Creator |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Author of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_CREATOR |
| 14021 |
Creation date |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Creation date of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_CREATIONDATE |
| 14022 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
User code of the last editor of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 14023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Date of the last change to the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 14100 |
Outline type / form type |
Outline definitions |
Defines the type of the outline or of the form. Possible values: Outline extrusion, Outline NC record generation, Form (copper). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITION_TYPE |
| 14101 |
Outline: Variant |
Outline definitions |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONTOURDEFINITION_VARIANT |
| 15000 |
Symbol library |
Symbol libraries
Symbols |
Name of the symbol library, determined from the database name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_NAME |
| 15011 |
Symbol library description |
Symbol libraries |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_DESC |
| 15012 |
Version |
Symbol libraries |
Version of the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_VERSION |
| 15013 |
Grid |
Symbol libraries |
Logical grid size of the symbol library. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LOGICGRID |
| 15015 |
Number of symbols |
Symbol libraries |
Number of symbols in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_SYMBOLCOUNT |
| 15016 |
Number of locked symbols |
Symbol libraries |
Number of locked symbols in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_LOCKEDSYMBOLCOUNT |
| 15017 |
Number of symbol variants |
Symbol libraries |
Number of symbol variants in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_VARIANTCOUNT |
| 15019 |
Company code |
Symbol libraries |
Short designation of the company that created this symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_COMPANY |
| 15020 |
Creator |
Symbol libraries |
Creator of the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_CREATOR |
| 15021 |
Creation date |
Symbol libraries |
Creation date of the symbol library. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_CREATIONDATE |
| 15022 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Symbol libraries |
User code of the last person to edit the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 15023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Symbol libraries |
Date of last change to the symbol library. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 15024 |
Modification date (manual) |
Symbol libraries |
Manually entered date of last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_MANUALDATE |
| 15030 |
Plot frame to edit symbol |
Symbol libraries |
The plot frame which is used for editing the symbol.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_FRAME |
| 15031 |
Compressed symbol library |
Symbol libraries |
This property is assigned to a symbol library if one or more symbol variants were deleted from the symbol library during compression. In a comparison with the complete symbol library, however, the compressed symbol library is still considered equal in the system master data. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
SYMBOLLIBRARY_REMOVED_VARIANT |
| 15098 |
Name of original symbol library |
Symbol libraries |
This property is used internally. It contains the name of the original symbol library if the symbol library has been converted. It is possible check whether the symbol library is compatible with an "old" EPLAN 5 symbol library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_OLDNAME |
| 15099 |
Number of messages |
Symbol libraries |
Total of all messages during the data transfer of symbol libraries. |
Messages |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_ERRORCOUNT |
| 15100 |
Error: Function definition |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a function definition was missing during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_FUNCDEFERROR |
| 15101 |
Error: Connection point |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection points during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_CONNECTIONERROR |
| 15102 |
Error: Symbol variant |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol variants during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_VARIANTERROR |
| 15103 |
Error: Representation type |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any representation type during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_FUNCTYPEERROR |
| 15104 |
Error: Connection point logic |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection point logic during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_LOGICERROR |
| 15105 |
Error: Symbol graphic |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol graphics during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_GRAPHICERROR |
| 15106 |
Error: Property placement |
Symbol libraries |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 15200 |
Error (import) |
Symbol libraries |
Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the function definition assignment dialog. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_IMPORTERROR |
| 15201 |
Error (symbol editor) |
Symbol libraries |
Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the symbol editor. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_ERRORSYMBOLED |
| 15500 |
Function definition library |
Function definition libraries |
Name of the function definition library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FCTDEFLIB_NAME |
| 15501 |
Modification date |
Function definition libraries |
Date of last changes to the function definition library. Since function definition libraries cannot be subsequently changed, only generated, this also reflects the creation date. |
No category |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 15502 |
Version information of function definition library |
Function definition libraries |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_VERSION |
| 15503 |
Creator |
Function definition libraries |
Creator of the function definition library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_CREATOR |
| 15504 |
Creation date |
Function definition libraries |
Creation date of the function definition library. |
No category |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_CREATIONDATE |
| 15505 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Function definition libraries |
User code of the last person to edit the function definition library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 15901 |
Supplementary field |
Symbol libraries |
Max. 1,000 supplementary fields for the symbol library that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
SYMBLIB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 16000 |
Name |
Symbols |
Identifying designation of the symbol, i.e. the identifier letter according to a standard. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_NAME |
| 16001 |
Connection point number |
Symbols |
Internal connection point number. Either a consecutive number or a "n" (for a variable connection number) or a "z" (for the last connection point with a variable connection number). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
SYMB_CONNECTIONNUMBER |
| 16002 |
Number |
Symbols |
Symbol number, indicates the position of the symbol in the symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_NR |
| 16003 |
Default variant |
Symbols |
The symbol variant with which the symbol is placed as standard. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_VARIANT |
| 16004 |
Default property arrangement for variant A |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_A |
| 16005 |
Default property arrangement for variant B |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_B |
| 16006 |
Default property arrangement for variant C |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_C |
| 16007 |
Default property arrangement for variant D |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_D |
| 16008 |
Default property arrangement for variant E |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_E |
| 16009 |
Default property arrangement for variant F |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_F |
| 16010 |
Target tracking |
Symbols |
The logic model is stored for "virtual" functions, such as T-nodes and corner nodes. Target tracking determines the direction of the "paths" from one device to another for automatic reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_LOGICMODEL |
| 16011 |
Symbol description |
Symbols |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_DESC |
| 16012 |
Prevent new placement |
Symbols |
Prevents the symbol being used in new schematics. If this property is activated, then the symbol is no longer shown in the project symbol selection, i.e. it can no longer be newly inserted. The symbol can still be edited in the master data. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
SYMB_PREVENTPLACEMENT |
| 16013 |
Supplementary field |
Symbols |
Max. 99 supplementary fields for the symbol that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 99 |
No |
SYMB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 16014 |
Default property arrangement for variant G |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_G |
| 16015 |
Default property arrangement for variant H |
Symbols |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_H |
| 16016 |
PCT type |
Symbols
PCT loop placements
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The PCT type defines which symbol is placed in the P&I diagram for the PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_PLTTYPE |
| 16017 |
Trade (function definition) |
Symbols |
Shows the trade specified in the function definition. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_CRAFT |
| 16018 |
Main function |
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_MAINFUNCTION |
| 16019 |
Intrinsically safe |
Symbols |
Shows whether an intrinsically safe function is generated when using the symbol:
0 = Not defined (the "Intrinsically safe" property is not observed when placing and replacing a symbol).
1 =Yes (an intrinsically safe function is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol).
2 = No (a function that is not intrinsically safe is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol).
The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_INTRINSICALLYSAFE |
| 16020 |
Creator |
Symbols |
Creator of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_CREATOR |
| 16021 |
Creation date |
Symbols |
Creation date of the symbol. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
SYMB_CREATIONDATE |
| 16022 |
Last editor: Logon name |
Symbols |
User code of the last person to edit the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 16023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Symbols |
Date of last changes to the symbol. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 16024 |
Modification note |
Symbols |
Modification note for changes to a symbol. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_MODIFICATIONCOMMENT |
| 16025 |
Modification date (manual) |
Symbols |
Manually entered change date of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 16026 |
Version |
Symbols |
Manually defined version number of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_VERSION |
| 16027 |
Symbol representation type (encoded) |
Symbols |
Shows in coded form the representation type of the symbol:
1 = Multi-line
2 = Single-line
38 = P&I diagram
-2 = Pair cross-reference
3 = Overview
-3 = External
5 = Graphic
8 = Panel layout
-6 = Detailed panel layout. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE |
| 16028 |
Symbol representation type |
Symbols |
Shows the representation type of the symbol, e.g. "Multi-line" or "Overview". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE_NAME |
| 16030 |
Use first variant of connection definition point symbol |
Symbols |
The corresponding variants are normally always used when placing cable symbols and their relevant connection definition point symbols. If this property is enabled, the first variant of the connection definition point symbol is always used when placing or moving the cable symbol. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
SYMB_CABLE_RELATED_VDP_SYMBOL_ID_USE_1ST_VARIANT_ONLY |
| 16031 |
Symbol variant assignment (internal) |
Symbols |
This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. The assignment of the variants for data transfer is stored here. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 4 |
No |
SYMB_IMPORTEDVARIANTMAPPING |
| 16032 |
Symbol for contact image of motor overload switch |
Symbols |
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_MOTOR_CONTACT_IMAGE |
| 16033 |
Default property arrangement for variant A (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_A |
| 16034 |
Default property arrangement for variant B (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_B |
| 16035 |
Default property arrangement for variant C (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_C |
| 16036 |
Default property arrangement for variant D (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_D |
| 16037 |
Default property arrangement for variant E (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_E |
| 16038 |
Default property arrangement for variant F (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_F |
| 16039 |
Default property arrangement for variant G (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_G |
| 16040 |
DXF export: Name of block |
Symbols |
Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SYMB_DXF_BLOCKNAME |
| 16041 |
Default property arrangement for variant H (alternative) |
Symbols |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_H |
| 16042 |
With signal isolation |
Symbols |
Shows whether a function with signal isolation is generated when using the symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (The property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol.)
1 = Yes (A function with signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.)
2 = No (A function without signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.) |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_POTENTIALSEPARATED |
| 16043 |
Net-connecting |
Symbols |
Shows whether a net-connecting function is created when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol).
1 = Yes (a net-connecting function is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).
2 = No (a function that does not connect nets is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_NETCONNECTING |
| 16044 |
Safety function |
Symbols |
Shows whether a function that is relevant to safety is generated when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol).
1 = Yes (a function that is relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).
2 = No (a function that is not relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
SYMB_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 16045 |
Transformation point |
Symbols |
The transformation point is used as the base point for rotation and flipping. Each symbol variant can have its own transformation point; symbol variants are distinguished via the index. The transformation point is entered as a coordinate in mm, e.g., "2.0/2.0". The entry refers to the insertion point of the respective symbol variant. If a transformation point has not been defined for a symbol variant, the first connection point of the symbol will be used as a base point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 16 |
No |
SYMBOL_TRANSFORMATION_POINT |
| 16050 |
Property arrangements |
Symbols |
Contains multi-language designations for user-defined sets of properties (max. 64). |
No category |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 64 |
No |
SYMB_PROPERTYINSTANCESET |
| 16901 |
Variant name |
Symbol variants |
Name of the symbol variant. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_NAME |
| 16902 |
Number of connecting points |
Symbol variants |
|
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_CONPOINTSCOUNT |
| 18000 |
Name (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper)) |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Name of the form, plot frame, outline or form. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_NAME |
| 18011 |
Description (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper)) |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Description of the form, plot frame, outline or form. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_DESC |
| 18021 |
Company code |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Short designation of the company who has generated this form, plot frame or outline. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_COMPANY |
| 18031 |
Modification date (manual) |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Manually entered date of last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_MANUALDATE |
| 18041 |
Supplementary field |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Max. 99 supplementary fields for the form / plot frame that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 99 |
No |
FORMBASE_ADDITION |
| 18051 |
Version |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Manually entered version number of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_VERSION |
| 18061 |
Grid |
Base class for plot frames and forms |
Logical grid spacing of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_LOGICGRID |
| 19002 |
X coordinate |
Base class for symbol references
Layer placements |
|
General |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_XCOORD |
| 19003 |
Y coordinate |
Base class for symbol references
Layer placements |
|
General |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_YCOORD |
| 19005 |
Column number |
Layer placements
Base class for symbol references
Part references |
Provides the column number where the placement is currently located. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PATHID |
| 19006 |
Row number |
Layer placements
Base class for symbol references
Part references |
Provides the row number where the placement is currently located. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_POSID |
| 19007 |
Placement |
Layer placements
Base class for symbol references
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Connections |
Provides the full placement consisting of page, internal column and internal row (these do not reflect the column and row numbers). For functions and interruption points, the own cross-reference is output. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_FULLPLACEMENTLOCATION |
| 19008 |
User-defined property arrangement: Name |
Base class for symbol references
Model views |
Internal property for the user-defined property arrangement specified on the component. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_USER_DEFINED_PROPERTYSET |
| 19010 |
Color |
Layer placements |
|
General |
Integer |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_COLOR |
| 19011 |
Line type |
Base class for graphical objects |
|
General |
Integer |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_LINESTYLE |
| 19017 |
Font size |
Symbol libraries
|
|
General |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_SIZE |
| 19020 |
Page type |
Base class for symbol references
Layer placements |
|
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGETYPE |
| 19021 |
Representation type / report type |
Base class for symbol references
Connections
Part references |
The representation type is displayed for component and part placements, e.g. "Multi-line". The report type is displayed here for reports, e.g. "Enclosure legend". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_TYPE |
| 19022 |
Page name |
Base class for symbol references
Part references
Layer placements
Part references (summarized representation types) |
For component or part placements, outputs the page names (page counters + subcounters) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGENAME |
| 19023 |
Page name (full) |
Base class for symbol references
Part references
Layer placements
Part references (summarized representation types) |
For component or part placements, outputs the full page names (page name + all identifier blocks) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGEFULLNAME |
| 19024 |
Page description |
Layer placements |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGENOMINATION |
| 19030 |
Revision marker (change tracking) |
Placements
Project options
Segments (pre-planning) |
Automatically entered marker text at modified objects in a revision. The marker text is composed from a number of different properties, e.g. revision name, creator, and modification date. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER |
| 19031 |
Revision marker format (change tracking) |
Placements
Projects
Project options
Segments (pre-planning) |
Defines the formatting of the revision marker text. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER_FORMAT |
| 19032 |
Modification date (change tracking) |
Placements
Project options
Segments (pre-planning) |
Date on which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 19033 |
Creator (change tracking) |
Placements
Project options
Segments (pre-planning) |
Editor that changed the object in a revision. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 19034 |
Modification time (change tracking) |
Placements
Project options
Segments (pre-planning) |
Time at which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker. The time representation can be configured in the project settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 19070 |
Bundle: Connection point designation |
Bundle connection point symbols
Connections |
The bundle connection point designation identifies a connection within a bundle. It occurs in pairs (but not more often) for each bundle: At the connection point entering the bundle and at the connection point leaving the bundle. Several bundle connection point numbers can also be entered, separated by commas. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DESIGNATION |
| 19071 |
Bundle: Connection point description |
Bundle connection point symbols |
Bundle description. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DESCRIPTION |
| 19072 |
Bundle: Connection point data |
Bundle connection point symbols |
Contains either the bundle description or, if this is not present, the bundle connection point designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DATA_AUTOMATIC |
| 19100 |
Parametric rules |
Layer placements |
Determines how size-adjusting symbols should behave when zooming in and out. Such symbols are used, for example in EPLAN PPE. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_PARAMETRICRULE |
| 19101 |
Invisible |
Layer placements |
|
General |
Integer |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_INVISIBLE |
| 19102 |
Line thickness |
Base class for graphical objects |
|
General |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_WIDTH |
| 19201 |
Text contents |
Texts
Hyperlinks |
Shows the content of graphical texts, placeholder texts, hyperlinks, and path function texts as multi-language character strings. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
TEXT_CONTENTS |
| 19300 |
Placeholder object name |
Placeholder texts |
Name of the placeholder object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_NAME |
| 19301 |
Placeholder object: Last value set selected |
Placeholder texts |
The value set that was last assigned to the placeholder object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLACEHOLDER_LASTUSEDVALUESET |
| 19303 |
Value set name |
Placeholder texts |
Required to generate the value set table in placeholder object overview screens and shows the names of the value sets in indexed form. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_VALUESET_NAME |
| 19304 |
File / Document |
Hyperlinks
Images |
Shows the image file or the document with the hyperlink. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FILE |
| 19305 |
Description (Hyperlink) |
Hyperlinks |
Description text of a hyperlink; an entry is only allowed in one language. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DESCRIPTION |
| 19306 |
Image file: Description |
Images |
Description text of an image file; a multilingual entry is allowed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DESCRIPTION_ML |
| 19307 |
Property arrangement |
Base class for symbol references
Model views |
Displays the name of the property arrangement set at the function / part placement. The property arrangement can also be assigned via this property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_ACTIVE_PROPERTYSET |
| 19308 |
Placeholder object description |
Placeholder texts |
Description of the placeholder object. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PLACEHOLDER_DESCRIPTION |
| 19310 |
X coordinate starting point |
Lines |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
LINE_START_X |
| 19311 |
Y coordinate starting point |
Lines |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
LINE_START_Y |
| 19312 |
X coordinate end point |
Lines |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
LINE_END_X |
| 19313 |
Y coordinate end point |
Lines |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
LINE_END_Y |
| 19320 |
Circle radius |
Arcs |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_RADIUS |
| 19321 |
X coordinate of the center |
Arcs |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_CENTER_X |
| 19322 |
Y coordinate of the center |
Arcs |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_CENTER_Y |
| 19323 |
Starting angle |
Arcs |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_STARTANGLE |
| 19324 |
End angle |
Arcs |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_ENDANGLE |
| 19340 |
X coordinate starting point |
Rectangles
Macro boxes |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_START_X |
| 19341 |
Y coordinate starting point |
Rectangles
Macro boxes |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_START_Y |
| 19342 |
Rotation angle for rectangle |
Rectangles |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_ANGLE |
| 19400 |
File name |
Mechanical objects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_DOCNAME |
| 19401 |
Schematic link |
Mechanical objects |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_HAS_ASSOCIATION |
| 19402 |
Trade 'Fluid power' |
Mechanical objects |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_FLUID |
| 19403 |
Trade 'Electrical engineering' |
Mechanical objects |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 19404 |
Object name |
Mechanical objects |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_OBJNAME |
| 19405 |
Trade 'Process engineering' |
Mechanical objects |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_PROCESS |
| 19406 |
Information |
Mechanical objects |
Shows whether information for tracking a mechanical model is available. The property can be used for filtering. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_NOTE |
| 19407 |
Mechanical model is obsolete |
Mechanical objects |
Shows whether the mechanical model in the file system is more current than the mechanical model in the EPLAN project. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_IS_DIRTY |
| 19409 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate starting point |
Mechanical objects |
X coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_X |
| 19410 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate starting point |
Mechanical objects |
Y coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Y |
| 19411 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate starting point |
Mechanical objects |
Z coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Z |
| 19412 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate end point |
Mechanical objects |
X coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_X |
| 19413 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate end point |
Mechanical objects |
Y coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Y |
| 19414 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate end point |
Mechanical objects |
Z coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Z |
| 19500 |
Author |
PDF Comments |
Shows the Windows login name of the person who originally created the PDF comment. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMENT_AUTHOR |
| 19501 |
Status |
PDF Comments |
Shows the comment status that the author assigned in the comment field of the PDF file. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
COMMENT_REVIEWSTATE |
| 19502 |
Comment text |
PDF Comments |
Shows the comment text that the author entered into the comment field of the PDF file. |
No category |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
COMMENT_CONTENTS |
| 19600 |
X position |
Door positions |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19601 |
Y position |
Door positions |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19602 |
Z position |
Door positions |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19603 |
Door: Part number |
Door positions |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19604 |
Door: Variant |
Door positions |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19605 |
Offset X direction (drilling pattern) |
Door positions |
Offset in the X direction for the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_X |
| 19606 |
Offset Y direction (drilling pattern) |
Door positions |
Offset in the Y direction for the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_Y |
| 19607 |
Name (drilling pattern) |
Door positions |
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_NAME |
| 19608 |
Offset X direction (connection point pattern) |
Door positions |
Offset in the X direction for the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTTERMINALPOSITION_OFFSET_X |
| 19609 |
Offset Y direction (connection point pattern) |
Door positions |
Offset in the Y direction for the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTTERMINALPOSITION_OFFSET_Y |
| 19610 |
Offset Z direction (connection point pattern) |
Door positions |
Offset in the Z direction for the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTTERMINALPOSITION_OFFSET_Z |
| 19611 |
Name (connection point pattern) |
Door positions |
Name of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTTERMINALPOSITION_NAME |
| 19620 |
Block property: Format |
QR codes |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
QRCODE_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 19621 |
Block property: Value |
QR codes |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
QRCODE_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 19650 |
X position |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19651 |
Y position |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19652 |
Z position |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19653 |
Mounting location |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_LOCATION |
| 19654 |
Angle |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ANGLE |
| 19655 |
Mounting panel: Part number |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19656 |
Mounting panel: Variant |
Mounting panel positions |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19700 |
X position |
Locked area positions |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19701 |
Y position |
Locked area positions |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19702 |
Front |
Locked area positions |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_FRONTSIDE |
| 19703 |
Width |
Locked area positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_WIDTH |
| 19704 |
Height |
Locked area positions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_HEIGHT |
| 19705 |
Type |
Locked area positions |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_TYPE |
| 19750 |
X position |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19751 |
Y position |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19752 |
Z position |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19753 |
Mounting rail: Part number |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19754 |
Mounting rail: Variant |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19755 |
Length |
Mounting rail positions on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_LENGTH |
| 19756 |
Required |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Specifies whether the part is an absolutely required accessory part. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_NESSECCARY |
| 19800 |
Affected functions |
Path function texts |
Lists all the functions for a path function text that adopt this function text from the path. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PATHTEXT_FUNCTIONS |
| 20000 |
Name (identifying) |
Base class for functions
Connections |
Identifying name of the function, consisting of the identifying device tag, the connection point designation for connection points, and the terminal designation for terminals. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTNAME |
| 20001 |
Name (full) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references |
Full name, such as the identifying name, but also still contains additional describing identifier elements. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLNAME |
| 20002 |
Name (visible) |
Base class for functions |
Displayed name, contains the name as it was entered for the displayed DT in the properties dialog. May also contain terminal designation, etc. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_VISIBLENAME |
| 20003 |
DT (superior, without project structures) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Supplies the superior device tag without project structures.
Example: "U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN |
| 20004 |
DT (subordinate, without project structures) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Supplies the subordinate device tag without project structures.
Example: "K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED |
| 20005 |
DT (identifying) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Terminal strips (in reports)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Contains the identifying device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAG |
| 20006 |
DT (full) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Terminal strips (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
Cables (in reports) |
Contains the full device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLDEVICETAG |
| 20007 |
DT (identifying, without subordinate DT) |
Base class for functions |
Provides the identifying device tag without the subordinate DT. The property is used in the navigator in the tree view.
Example: "=A+O-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTNESTEDDEVTAG |
| 20008 |
DT (identifying, without project structures) |
Connections
Base class for functions
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES |
| 20009 |
DT (full, without project structures) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Projects
Part references
Segments (pre-planning) |
Provides the device tag without the project structures, i.e., the following is output:
The result is "K1" for "=A1-K1," "K1" for "-K1" and "K1-K2" for "=A1-K1-K2". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL |
| 20010 |
DT (displayed) |
Base class for functions |
The part of the device tag that is displayed in the graphical editor. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_VISIBLEDEVICETAG |
| 20011 |
Function text |
Functions
Structure boxes
Terminal strips (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Manually entered function text. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TEXT |
| 20012 |
DT: Prefix |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the prefix before an identifier letter. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PREFIX |
| 20013 |
DT: Identifier |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports) |
By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CODE |
| 20014 |
DT: Counter |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Counter for assigning DTs. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COUNTER |
| 20015 |
DT: Subcounter |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Suffix for the DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SUFFIX |
| 20016 |
DT (subordinate): Prefix |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows the prefix before an identifier in the subordinate DT. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDPREFIX |
| 20017 |
DT (subordinate): Identifier |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Identifier in the subordinate DT. By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDCODE |
| 20018 |
DT (subordinate):Counter |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Counter in the subordinate DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDCOUNTER |
| 20019 |
DT (subordinate): Subcounter |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Suffix for the subordinate DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDSUFFIX |
| 20020 |
DT (project structures only) |
Base class for functions
Connections |
Provides only the project structures, e.g. "=A1+O1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_ONLYSTRUCTURES |
| 20021 |
Cross-reference display |
Functions |
Specifies the display of cross-references:
0 = Automatic display (cross-references are only then displayed if the visible DT is not blank).
1 = Never display
2 = Always display. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPPRESSCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20022 |
Function: Connection point designation |
Connection points
Functions |
Shows the connection point designations of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point designations. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 20023 |
Function: Connection point description |
Connection points
Functions |
Shows the connection point descriptions of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point descriptions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESCRIPTION |
| 20024 |
Mounting site (describing) |
Structure boxes
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Describing mounting site of the function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGLOCATION |
| 20025 |
Engraving text |
Functions
Structure boxes
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Engraving text of the function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_GRAVINGTEXT |
| 20026 |
Function definition |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Symbols |
Provides the name of the entered function definition. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COMPONENTTYPE |
| 20027 |
Technical characteristics |
Functions
Structure boxes
Function templates
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Technical characteristics of the function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 20028 |
Connection point designation |
Connection points
Functions |
Shows the connection point designations of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point designations can be defined by using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINALDESIGNATION |
| 20029 |
Connection point description |
Connection points
Functions |
Shows the connection point descriptions of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point descriptions can be defined by using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINALDESCRIPTION |
| 20030 |
Terminal / Pin designation |
Functions
Function templates |
Designation of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINORTERMINALNUMBER |
| 20031 |
Function text (automatic) |
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
Cables (in reports)
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Displays the content of the manually entered function text or, if it is empty, the path function text. When this property is displayed on a project page, the line breaks are removed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TEXT_AUTOMATIC |
| 20032 |
Additional identifying name element |
Functions
Connections |
This contains the terminal designation for terminals, the pin designation for pins, and the connection point designation for connection points. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ADDITIONALIDENTIFYINGNAMEPART |
| 20033 |
Output group |
Functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
This property can be used as a filter and sorting tool in reports. It can be entered on main functions (e.g. cable definition lines, plug and terminal strip definitions). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_OUTPUTASSEMBLY |
| 20034 |
Level |
Functions |
Level of the multi-level terminal; if the value is "0", then there are no multi-level terminals, but a terminal with only one level. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALLEVEL |
| 20035 |
DT adoption: Search direction |
Functions |
Shows the search direction for the DT adoption:
0 = According to orientation of plot frame
1 = As an alternative to orientation of plot frame
2 = Only from boxes.
Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the sections "DT adoption" and "Defining the Search Direction for DT Adoption". |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEVICETAGSEARCHDIRECTION |
| 20036 |
Connection point designation (with displayed DT) |
Functions |
Provides the entered designation for connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal" DT and connection point designation for "normal" connection points, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHCONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 20037 |
PLC address (with displayed DT) |
Functions |
Provides the entered designation for PLC connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal DT" and PLC address, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHPLCADRESS |
| 20038 |
Connection point designations (all) |
Functions |
Contains all connection point designations of a function where the individual connection point designations are separated by semicolons ";". |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS |
| 20039 |
Connection point descriptions (all) |
Functions |
Contains all connection point descriptions of a function where the individual connection point descriptions are separated by semicolons ";". |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESCRIPTIONS |
| 20040 |
Cable / Conduit: Type |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. The conduit type describes the physical properties of the conduit. Entry is limited to 40 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLETYPE |
| 20041 |
Cable / Conduit: Length with unit |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit including units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH |
| 20042 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Number of conductors in the cable or number of tubes in the conduit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNT |
| 20043 |
Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Default value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter of the conductors of the cable or of the tubes in the conduit. All connections are assigned by default the same value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION |
| 20044 |
Cables: Voltage |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Voltage of the cable. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEVOLTAGE |
| 20045 |
Remark |
Potential definition points
Functions
Cables (in reports)
Connections
Model views
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_COMMENT |
| 20046 |
Cable / Conduit: Length |
Functions |
Length of the cable or conduit excluding units. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_VALUE |
| 20047 |
Contact / coil index |
Functions |
Specifies the index of the coil or contact. This allows the contacts to be assigned to the appropriate coils in a contactor with multiple coils. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_COILINDEX |
| 20048 |
Name of target connection point (full) |
Functions
Connections |
Provides the full name of a target connection point (max. 100 words allowed). This consists of the device tag plus the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output instead of the connection point designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLCONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME |
| 20049 |
Cross-reference display: Display |
Functions
Interruption points |
Specifies the representation of the cross-reference display:
0 = From project settings
1 = Show by columns
2 = Show by rows. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_SHOWCROSSREFERENCEBLOCK |
| 20050 |
Cross-reference display: Number of rows / columns |
Functions
Interruption points |
If a row or column display of the cross-reference is set, then the number of rows or columns is defined here. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_NOOFCROSSREFERENCESINBLOCK |
| 20051 |
Use displayed DT as full DT |
Base class for functions |
If this property is enabled, the DT calculation, i.e. the calculation of the full DT from the visible DT, is entirely disabled. Instead, the visible DT is used directly as the full DT. This helps prevent an undesired transfer of hierarchy properties or nested elements on a full DT. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISABLENAMEEVALUATION |
| 20052 |
Plugs: Assignment to male pin / female pin end |
Function templates
Functions |
In the case of the separate management of male and female pins, this specifies whether the pin is assigned to the male or female pin end of the plug.
0 = Automatic (i.e. the assignment is made via the DT and the function definition)
1 = Male pin end
2 = Female pin end. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINANDJACK_PLUGSIDE |
| 20053 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections and cross-section / diameter |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNTANDCROSSSECTION |
| 20054 |
Coil: Voltage |
Functions |
Operating voltage of the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_COILVOLTAGE |
| 20055 |
Contact: Switching capacity |
Functions |
Electrical switching capacity in kW of a contact in connection with contactors and relays - is set on the coil. Entry is limited to 10 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTACTORPOWER |
| 20056 |
Plugs: Number of pins |
Functions |
Number of pins, set at the plug definition. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINCOUNT |
| 20057 |
Connection point cross-section |
Functions |
Connection point cross-section of a plug or terminal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION |
| 20058 |
Name (without project structures) |
Part references
Functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the full name of a function without the project structures.
Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME |
| 20059 |
Automatically generated |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Shows if a function was generated by an automatic run (e.g., automatically generated cables). If you deactivate this property, the function is seen as manually generated and not changed during automatic processing. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEAUTOCREATED |
| 20060 |
Do not use cable when adding up cable lengths |
Functions |
Omits the cable from the summing of the cable lengths. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DONT_COUNT_CABLE |
| 20061 |
Allow manual cable selection only |
Functions |
Only manual cable selection is permitted for the cable. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_ONLY_MANUEL_CABLE_SELECTION |
| 20062 |
Allow multiple PE conductors |
Functions |
Suppresses the message "Several PE conductors intersected" in the project review. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_PE_WIRES |
| 20063 |
Allow shields connected on both sides |
Functions |
Suppresses the P003018 message "Shield applied too often" in the project check. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_SIDED_SHIELDINGS |
| 20064 |
Cables: Exchange source and target |
Functions |
You use this entry to define whether the target designations in the cable diagram reflect that of the terminal diagram, or whether the target designations should be swapped. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET |
| 20065 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit of length |
Functions |
Displayed measuring unit for the cable length or length of the conduit. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_UNIT |
| 20066 |
Special cable |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
The cable is reported as a special cable. The message "Differing cable data" is suppressed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_SPECIALCABLE |
| 20067 |
Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable or conduit in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP". The multi-line entry is limited to 100 characters. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DESIGNATION |
| 20068 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Unit for the cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20069 |
Cable name includes source / target |
Functions
Connections |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies whether the cable name contains source and / or target. In this case the DT is handled differently in the DT calculation. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DEVTAGINCLUDESSOURCEORDESTINATION |
| 20070 |
Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter with unit |
Functions |
Cross-section or diameter of the connections in the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20071 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit |
Cables (in reports)
Functions |
Number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20072 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20073 |
Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Cable type or conduit type, number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20074 |
Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Cable type or conduit type, number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20075 |
Connection point designation 1 |
Functions |
Connection point designation of the first function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION1 |
| 20076 |
Connection point designation 2 |
Functions |
Connection point designation of the second function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION2 |
| 20077 |
Name of target connection point |
Functions
Connections |
Provides the name of a target connection point. This consists of the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output instead of the connection point designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME |
| 20078 |
Cable / Conduit: Length in unit of the project |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit converted into the units defined in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH |
| 20079 |
Cable / Conduit: Length with unit of project |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit, including units, converted into the units defined in the project settings. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20080 |
Cable / Conduit: Screw connection size |
Functions |
Shows the size of the thread for screw connections, e.g. "PG13.5". A screw connection helps you quickly and safely connect tube or piping with one thread. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_SCREWCONNECTIONSIZE |
| 20081 |
Cable / Conduit: Source: Stripping length |
Functions |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHSOURCE |
| 20082 |
Cable / Conduit: Target: Stripping length |
Functions |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHDESTINATION |
| 20083 |
Cable diagram form |
Functions |
Name of the cable diagram form to be used for reporting the cable.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_FORM |
| 20084 |
Cable-connection diagram form |
Functions |
Name of the cable connection diagram form to be used for reporting the cable.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_FORM |
| 20085 |
No output to cable diagram |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NODIAGRAM |
| 20086 |
No output to cable overview |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable overview. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NOOVERVIEW |
| 20087 |
No output to cable-connection diagram |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable-connection diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20088 |
Function definition: Area |
Functions
Symbols
Connections |
Area for grouping the function definitions. Provides the area within the trade, e.g., "coils and contacts" or "motors". |
No category |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CATEGORY_REGION |
| 20089 |
Graphical display in reports |
Functions |
A max. of 10 additional graphical identifiers for reports that are needed for EPLAN 21 data imports. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_EVALUATION_GRAPHICCODE |
| 20090 |
Suppl. field for CLIP PROJECT data |
Functions |
This property (max of 1,000, definable using the index) allows CLIP PROJECT data to be stored at functions when importing data from CLIP PROJECT. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_EXTERNAL_CLIPPROJECT |
| 20091 |
Name automatically assigned |
Cables (in reports)
Functions |
Unnamed cable definitions, shields, and connection definition points are assigned to this property during automatic cable generation. Automatically assigned names are deleted and newly assigned in the next automatic run; manually assigned names are retained. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEAUTONAMED |
| 20092 |
Cable assignment diagram form |
Functions
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_LAYOUT_FORM |
| 20093 |
Suppress in device tag list (if filtered) |
Functions |
This setting allows suppressing devices in the device tag list by specifying an appropriate filter there. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPPRESSINDEVICELIST |
| 20094 |
Insert from macro as unplaced |
Functions |
For functions saved in macros. If this property is assigned to a function, the function is not placed in the schematic when the macro is placed. The function is then only available as an unplaced function in the project. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_INSERTNOTPLACED |
| 20095 |
Identifying name elements |
Base class for functions
Connections |
Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Name (identifying)" property (ID 20000); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTNAMEPARTS |
| 20096 |
Identifying DT elements |
Base class for functions
Connections |
Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Device tag (identifying)" property (ID 20005); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGPARTS |
| 20097 |
Process object |
Functions |
Helps you enter and display certain process data, e.g. a measurand or condition information. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPROCESSDATA |
| 20098 |
Object ID of communication unit |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems (max. 10 allowed). The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID |
| 20099 |
Separator for terminal strip and plug definitions |
Functions |
Provides the character "=" as the separator for terminal strip and plug definitions. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEFINITIONSEPARATOR |
| 20100 |
Part number |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows a max. of 50 of the part numbers assigned to a function. The property can be output in reports or used to group enclosure legends by part number. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTNR |
| 20101 |
Part variant |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows a max. of 50 variants of the part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VARIANT |
| 20102 |
Number of units / quantity |
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the (max. 50) number of units of the part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_COUNT |
| 20103 |
Record type |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
At a function for the assigned part numbers, specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, e.g., component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. A max. of 50 is allowed. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTTYPE |
| 20104 |
Sorting of part on terminal strip |
Functions |
Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip. Max. of 50 placements are evaluated and reported.
If you do not use main terminals, this property is displayed at the terminal strip definition ("Part reference data" category). By default the accessory is sorted to the beginning of the terminal strip.
If you use main terminals, this property is displayed at the main terminals and specifies the order of the alignable accessories relative to the associated main terminal. In this case the sort code can also have negative values. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 20105 |
Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered) |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there. A max. of 50 parts references are reported. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST |
| 20106 |
Communication unit (at communication units) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 communications units. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 20107 |
Configuration project (at communication units) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects assigned to the same configuration project belong together and represent the bus configuration. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 configuration projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 20108 |
Configuration project (indirect) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports)
PLC objects
PLC addresses |
For a PLC connection point, this shows the configuration project of the associated PLC box. At bus ports of the "Overview" representation type the value is determined at the same single-line bus port. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT_INDIRECT |
| 20109 |
Bus system (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Type of bus system to which a communication unit is assigned as a bus node. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 bus systems. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUSSYSTEM |
| 20110 |
Number of functions |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions |
You can use this property to show the number of connections on connection definition points (and functions). The entered value is placed in the schematic together with the connection definition point - usually represented as a forward slash. Values such as "3+PE" are permitted. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_SINGLE_LINE_FUNCTION_COUNT |
| 20111 |
Symbol library |
Base class for functions
Potential definition points |
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMBLIB_NAME |
| 20112 |
Symbol name |
Base class for functions
Potential definition points |
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_NAME |
| 20113 |
Symbol variant |
Base class for functions
Potential definition points |
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_VARIANT |
| 20114 |
Symbol description (function) |
Base class for functions
Potential definition points |
|
Symbol data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_DESC |
| 20115 |
Function definition: Category |
Functions
Symbols
Connections |
Function definition category, serves to group the function definitions. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CATEGORY |
| 20116 |
Function definition: Group |
Functions
Symbols
Connections |
Function definition group, serves to group the function definitions. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GROUP |
| 20117 |
Function definition: Description |
Functions
Symbols
Connections |
Function definition description. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DESC |
| 20118 |
Subnet mask (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The subnet mask defines the splitting of a bus ID (IP address within an Ethernet-based bus system) into a network component and a device / station component. The subnet mask can be used to specify how many devices can be addressed within a subnet. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBNETMASK |
| 20119 |
Standard gateway |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Packets that cannot be directly forwarded within a LAN are sent to the standard gateway (e.g. a router). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_STANDARDGATEWAY |
| 20120 |
Function text (common) |
Functions |
Displays the function text (automatic) of the function or, if it is empty, the function text (automatic) of the associated main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TEXT_COMMON |
| 20121 |
Representation type |
Base class for functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Connections |
Type of placement of a function (normally contains the page type where the function has been placed). Possible values are:
1 = Multi-line
3 = Overview
-2 = Pair cross-reference
2 = Single-line
38 = P&I diagram
43 = Topology
8 = Panel layout
-6 = Detailed panel layout
-8 = 3D mounting layout
-12 = Functional
-3 = External
7 = Graphic. |
Function data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TYPE |
| 20122 |
Main function |
Functions |
Defines whether a function is a main function. The main function represents a device in the devices represented in a distributed manner (e.g. the coil in a contactor). Only the main function carries (e.g.) the device definition of the device. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_MAINFUNCTION |
| 20123 |
With signal isolation |
Functions |
Specifies whether signals end at the function or are forwarded. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_POTENTIALSEPARATED |
| 20124 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Functions |
Automatically determined unit for the cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit. Possible values are:
0 = Undefined
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_AUTO_UNIT |
| 20125 |
Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Alternative cross-section or diameter of the conductors of the cable or tubes in the conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 20126 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for alternative cross-section / diameter |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
The alternative unit for the alternative cross-section / diameter of the cable or conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20127 |
Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter with unit |
Functions |
Alternative cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20128 |
MAC address |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS |
| 20129 |
DNS/PROFINET device name (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Domain name, name of an address in a network. Using the index, you can differentiate up to 10 names. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_DNS |
| 20130 |
Node group (Interbus) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP |
| 20131 |
Alternative (Interbus) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE |
| 20132 |
Service info (Interbus) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The service info can be set at bus nodes in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 info elements. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO |
| 20133 |
Bundle / Network ID (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Designation of the bus bundle or net on which the communication unit hangs. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 objects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_DP_SYSTEM |
| 20134 |
Address range (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Area for PLC addresses in a PLC box. Up to distinct 10 areas (for up to 10 communication units) can be defined using the index. The property is populated with the values that have been entered in the property of the same name (ID 23313) on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ADDRESSRANGE |
| 20135 |
Start address of PLC card (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies the default value for the byte address of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. Up to distinct 10 entries (for up to 10 communication units) can be defined using the index. The property is populated with the values that have been entered in the property of the same name (ID 23314) on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_GROUP_STARTADDRESS |
| 20136 |
Bus master / Bus coupler (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. When a communications unit is a bus master or bus coupler, enter the name of the bus master or coupler here. Using the index, you can differentiate up to 10 names. The property is populated with the values that are entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_THISMASTER |
| 20137 |
To bus master / bus coupler ID (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. For a PLC box, shows the name of the bus master / coupler to which the communications unit belongs. Up to distinct 10 communication units can be assigned to a PLC box using the index. The property is populated with the values that are entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_MASTER |
| 20138 |
Position / Bus ID (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. PLC bus ID of the communication unit. Describes the ID / position the bus master uses to manage a communication unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUS_ADDRESS |
| 20139 |
PLC object ID (at communication units) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 identifiers. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID |
| 20140 |
Supplementary field 1 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20141 |
Supplementary field 2 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20142 |
Supplementary field 3 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20143 |
Supplementary field 4 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20144 |
Supplementary field 5 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20145 |
Supplementary field 6 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06 |
| 20146 |
Supplementary field 7 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07 |
| 20147 |
Supplementary field 8 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08 |
| 20148 |
Supplementary field 9 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09 |
| 20149 |
Supplementary field 10 |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10 |
| 20150 |
DT: Page |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Name of the page, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_PAGECOUNTER |
| 20151 |
DT: Subpage |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Name of the subpage; can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_PAGESUBCOUNTER |
| 20152 |
DT: Column |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Plot frame column, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_COLUMN |
| 20153 |
DT: Row |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Plot frame row, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_ROW |
| 20154 |
DT: Section |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SECTION |
| 20155 |
DT: Application |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_FUNCTIONCODE |
| 20156 |
DT: Supplementary field 1 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20157 |
DT: Supplementary field 2 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20158 |
DT: Supplementary field 3 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20159 |
DT: Supplementary field 4 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20160 |
DT: Supplementary field 5 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20161 |
Configuration project (at PLC boxes and bus ports) |
Functions |
Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects assigned to the same configuration project belong together and represent the bus configuration. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 20162 |
PLC object ID (at functions) |
Functions |
Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCOBJECTID |
| 20163 |
Communication unit (at PLC connection points) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit, the value is selectable from the associated main function (PLC card). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCBUSTERMCOMMENTITY_NAME |
| 20164 |
Bus coupler |
Functions |
Identifies a device as a bus coupler or head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISBUSCOUPLER |
| 20165 |
Start IP address |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS |
| 20166 |
Potential type of connection points |
Functions |
Provides the potential type of the connection points, when this is the same for all function connection points. Otherwise the "Undefined" potential type is output instead. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_POTENTIALTYPE_TERMINALPOINTS |
| 20167 |
CPU |
Functions |
Identifies a PLC box as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISCPU |
| 20168 |
Symbol number |
Base class for functions
Potential definition points |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_NUMBER |
| 20169 |
End IP address |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS |
| 20170 |
DT (subordinate): Page |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Name of the page, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_PAGECOUNTER |
| 20171 |
DT (subordinate): Subpage |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Subpage, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_PAGESUBCOUNTER |
| 20172 |
DT (subordinate): Column |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Column from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_COLUMN |
| 20173 |
DT (subordinate): Row |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Row from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_ROW |
| 20174 |
DT (subordinate): Section |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SECTION |
| 20175 |
DT (subordinate): Application |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_FUNCTIONCODE |
| 20176 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 1 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20177 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 2 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20178 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 3 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20179 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 4 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20180 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 5 |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20181 |
Domain Postfix |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX |
| 20182 |
Use DHCP |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP |
| 20183 |
Connection point designation (with plug designation (automatic)) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Combined property from the plug designation (automatic) and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCAUTOPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION |
| 20184 |
Power supply |
Functions |
Identifies the device as a power supply. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY |
| 20185 |
Message text |
Functions
Connections
Interruption points |
After the check run, shows all messages output for this function. Multiple messages are separated by a line break. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_MESSAGETEXT |
| 20186 |
Marked for deletion |
Functions
PLC addresses
Connections
Connection definition points |
Marks functions or connections so that these can be found and deleted with a check run.
During the import and synchronization of the PLC data and assignment lists PLC objects (meaning PLC boxes, connection points and addresses) are marked if the respective function is only contained in the EPLAN target project, but is not part of the imported PLC data.
During an AutomationML import functions are marked if the respective function is only contained in the EPLAN target project, but is not part of the imported AML data.
During an import from Harness proD functions or connections that were deleted in Harness proD are marked in EPLAN. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_PLCIMPORTCOMPARE_MARKEDTOBEDELETED |
| 20187 |
PLC diagram form |
Functions |
This allows PLC cards (the PLC boxes) to each be assigned a separate report (a PLC diagram). The form set for the main function is only taken into account when generating reports.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data exist in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDIAGRAM_FORM |
| 20188 |
Function definition: Category / Group / Definition |
Functions
Symbols
Connections |
Outputs the function definition in the "Category / Group / Function definition" format. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CATEGORY_GROUP_ID |
| 20189 |
Bus distribution device |
Functions |
Entered on a PLC box and identifies it as a bus distribution device. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR |
| 20190 |
Part: External document 1 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 1" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1 |
| 20191 |
Part: External document 2 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 2" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2 |
| 20192 |
Part: External document 3 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 3" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3 |
| 20193 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 1" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR1 |
| 20194 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 2" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR2 |
| 20196 |
Without sensor / actuator search for symbolic address |
Functions |
If this property is enabled, no sensor/actuator search is carried out when establishing the "Symbolic address (automatic)" for an I/O connection point. Instead, the address is output when the "Use address if search for symbolic address is unsuccessful" project setting is enabled. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCNO_TARGETSEARCH_FOR_AUTOSYMBOLICADDRESS |
| 20197 |
Topology: Source of routing path |
Routing paths (topology) |
Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the source of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_SOURCE |
| 20198 |
Cross-reference display: Max. number of cross-references |
Functions
Interruption points |
Specifies the maximum number of cross-references that can be shown for a function or interruption point. The value "0" does not relate to any limitation of the cross-reference display. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_MAXCROSSREFERENCEBLOCKCOUNT |
| 20199 |
Revision: Contact image text (for property comparison) |
Functions |
This property provides text information about a contact image. It can be used for property comparison of projects, to highlight changes to the contact image on the relevant coil and to show the result of the comparison. Changes are only specified if the content of the contact image changes, for example if a contact is deleted or added or moved to another schematic path. Changes to properties that are not visible in the contact image (e.g., technical characteristics) are not specified. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONTACTIMAGETEXT |
| 20200 |
Type designation of part |
Functions
Connections |
Provides the type designation of the part, is required for display in the part placement and contact image. Using the index you can differentiate between up to 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_TYPENOTATION |
| 20201 |
Block property |
Functions
Interruption points
Connections
Connection definition points
PCT loop placements
Segments (pre-planning)
Structure boxes
Potential definition points |
Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 20202 |
Block property: Format |
Functions
Symbols
Interruption points
Connection definition points
PCT loop placements
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment definitions (pre-planning)
Structure boxes
Potential definition points |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
FUNC_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 20203 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 3" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR3 |
| 20204 |
Subslot (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBSLOT |
| 20205 |
Format of displayed DT |
Functions
Interruption points |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_DTFORMAT |
| 20206 |
Format of full DT |
Functions
Interruption points |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_FULLDTFORMAT |
| 20208 |
X coordinate |
Part references
Functions |
X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_X |
| 20209 |
Y coordinate |
Part references
Functions |
Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_Y |
| 20211 |
DT (superior, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the superior device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20212 |
DT (subordinate, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the subordinate device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20213 |
DT (full, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Base class for functions
Connections
Projects
Part references |
Provides the device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-K1" is output for "=A1-K1," "-K1" is output for "-K1" and "-K1-K2" is output for "=A1-K1-K2". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20214 |
Name (without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Part references
Functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full name of a function without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20215 |
DT (identifying, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Connections
Base class for functions
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20216 |
Safety function |
Functions |
Shows whether a function is relevant to safety. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 20217 |
Net-connecting |
Functions |
Shows whether a function is net-connecting. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_NETCONNECTING |
| 20218 |
ID for net-based connections |
Functions
Potential definition points |
ID for identifying connection points for net-based connections. Every connection point has a unique ID. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_ID |
| 20219 |
IDs for net-based connections |
Functions
Potential definition points |
Shows the IDs of the connection points for a function as a comma-separated list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_IDS |
| 20220 |
Main terminal |
Functions |
Defines a terminal as the main terminal; the terminal is then similar to a main function. For example, for a main terminal the function templates are displayed in the terminal strip navigator, and a device selection can be performed. A terminal strip can contain as many main terminals as you want. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_MAIN |
| 20221 |
Width |
Functions
Structure boxes
Rectangles
Macro boxes |
Allows the width of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_WIDTH |
| 20222 |
Height |
Structure boxes
Functions
Rectangles
Macro boxes |
Allows the height of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects. The height must be entered as a negative value. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_HEIGHT |
| 20223 |
Distributed terminal index |
Functions |
Distributed terminals are usually identified clearly via the terminal designation. But if you want to use identical designations for several distributed terminals (e.g., because terminals within a signal are to have the same terminal designation), then the distributed terminals must also have the same terminal designation. In this case, the distributed terminals are differentiated via the distributed terminal index. Distributed terminals with the same distributed terminal index are recognized as belonging together. The value of this property can be entered manually, or be assigned automatically during the optimization of the distributed terminals. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINALINDEX |
| 20225 |
Terminal / pin description |
Functions
Function templates |
Description of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINORTERMINALDESCRIPTION |
| 20226 |
Connection point designation 3 |
Functions |
Connection point designation of the third function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION3 |
| 20227 |
Connection point designation 4 |
Functions |
Connection point designation of the fourth function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION4 |
| 20228 |
Auxiliary terminal |
Functions |
Indicates whether the terminal is an auxiliary terminal. Terminals can be managed as main terminals or auxiliary terminals. This means that auxiliary terminals can be used, for example, to represent terminals which consist of several functions (several separate terminals in one housing). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SECONDARY |
| 20229 |
Do not use main terminals |
Functions |
If this property is enabled for a terminal strip definition, the main terminals are handled in the same way as "normal" terminals. In this case, the terminal strip is not split into independent areas and is only defined via the terminal strip definition. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_DONT_USE_MAINTERMINAL |
| 20230 |
Terminal category |
Functions
Function templates |
This property can be used to characterize a terminal precisely. The property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. The following values are possible:
0 = Feed-through terminal,
1 = Isolating terminal,
2 = Switching terminal,
3 = Diode terminal,
4 = Fused terminal,
5 = Resistance terminal,
6 = Thermocouple terminal. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_FUNCTION |
| 20231 |
Terminal with LED |
Functions
Function templates |
Shows that the terminal has an LED. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_LED |
| 20232 |
Terminal opened |
Functions |
Indicates whether the terminal is opened. If the property is activated, the connection between the internal and external sides of the terminal is separated, i.e., the potential transfer within the terminal is interrupted. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_IS_OPEN |
| 20234 |
Form for wiring diagram |
Functions |
Allows for a separate form for wiring diagrams to be stated at the main function of a device. Wiring diagrams consist of several connection diagrams and are used to output information about connected conductors and targets. (Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the section "Generating wiring diagrams".)
If you assign a value via the API interface, please make sure that the corresponding master data is available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20235 |
Layout space description |
3D placements
Part references |
Describing text for the layout space is displayed, e.g. in the tree view of the layout space navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20237 |
Topology: Routing track |
Functions
Connections |
This property stores routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLING_PATH |
| 20240 |
Topology: Routing length |
Functions |
Length of a routing path or routing point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLING_LENGTH |
| 20241 |
Topology: Connection point extra length |
Functions |
Additonal value that is added to the length of a connection one time. Here, for example, the length of the last routing point to the item can be entered. This information is taken into account during the route of a cable, and indicates by how much the cable is to protrude from the cable duct. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLING_CP_ADDITIONAL_LENGTH |
| 20242 |
Topology: Automatically generated routing path |
Routing paths (topology) |
Indicates whether the routing path was generated automatically. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_AUTO_CREATED |
| 20243 |
Cables: Connection point length source |
Functions |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH |
| 20245 |
Topology: Structure |
Functions
Connections |
Here, the identifier structure of the first routing path of the routing track is entered during the route. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLING_STRUCTURE |
| 20246 |
Cables: Connection point length target |
Functions |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEST_CP_LENGTH |
| 20247 |
Topology: Connection filter |
Routing paths (topology) |
Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used during routing to control which connections may be routed through which routing track (routing paths and routing points). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Topology: Routing track specification" (ID 31119) property has not been activated. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_CONNECTIONFILTER |
| 20248 |
Topology: Routing path cross-section |
Routing paths (topology) |
Indicates the fill capacity of the routing path, and serves as a basis for calculating the fill capacity. If no routing path cross-section is entered, the fill capacity will not be calculated either. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_CROSSSECTION |
| 20250 |
Topology: Routing length (automatic) |
Routing paths (topology) |
Length of a routing path or routing point. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered routing length or, when that is empty, the geometric length. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLINGSEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTO |
| 20252 |
Distributed terminals cross-reference |
Functions |
The distributed terminal's cross-reference refers from the first distributed terminal (according to the sequence in the terminal strip navigator and, primarily, the main terminal if one exists) to all other distributed terminals with the same terminal designation. For all other distributed terminals, this cross-reference refers back to the first distributed terminal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 20253 |
CPU: Name |
Functions |
Name of the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. The CPU name has to be unique within the EPLAN project. For all PLC boxes always enter the complete CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier], for example "Siemens SIMATIC S7.Station 300.1".
At PLC boxes that do not represent a CPU, but rather input or output cards, enter the name of the associated CPU. All addresses with the same CPU belong in an assignment list. By entering different CPUs, multiple PLC controls can be managed in one project. When you plan several PLC controls in a project, it is therefore necessary to identify all PLC boxes via this property. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 128 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCPU_NAME |
| 20254 |
Description |
Function templates |
Description of the function template, is also displayed in the navigators. |
No category |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20255 |
Start address 2 of PLC card |
Functions |
For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate start address for the outputs. This way, inputs and outputs can be addressed separately. The start address specifies the default value for the byte address of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be used, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2 |
| 20256 |
Topology: Target of routing path |
Routing paths (topology) |
Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the target of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DESTINATION |
| 20257 |
Cable / Conduit: Length (full) |
Functions
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit including units. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_FULL |
| 20258 |
Sort code (for position in rack) |
Functions |
Shows the sorting position within a rack. Determines the sequence of PLC cards within the rack. If several PLC cards have the same position or do not have a position in the rack, the sorting position defines the sequence for the display in the rack-oriented view of the PLC navigator. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMODULE_SORTCODE |
| 20259 |
Number of positions in the rack |
Functions |
Shows the number of possible positions in the rack. The property can used when the rack is extended from the left to the right (this is the default). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCRIGHTRACKSIZE |
| 20260 |
Number of positions in the rack (to the left) |
Functions |
Shows the number of possible positions in the rack. The property can used when the rack is extended from the right to the left. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCLEFTRACKSIZE |
| 20261 |
Layout space name (of the part placement) |
3D placements
Part references |
Displays at a part placement the name of the layout space in which the corresponding item is placed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE |
| 20263 |
Part: External document 4 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 4" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4 |
| 20264 |
Part: External document 5 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 5" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5 |
| 20265 |
Part: External document 6 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 6" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6 |
| 20266 |
Part: External document 7 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 7" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7 |
| 20267 |
Part: External document 8 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 8" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8 |
| 20268 |
Part: External document 9 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 9" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9 |
| 20269 |
Part: External document 10 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 10" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10 |
| 20270 |
Part: External document 11 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 11" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11 |
| 20271 |
Part: External document 12 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 12" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12 |
| 20272 |
Part: External document 13 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 13" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13 |
| 20273 |
Part: External document 14 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 14" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14 |
| 20274 |
Part: External document 15 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 15" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15 |
| 20275 |
Part: External document 16 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 16" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16 |
| 20276 |
Part: External document 17 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 17" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17 |
| 20277 |
Part: External document 18 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 18" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18 |
| 20278 |
Part: External document 19 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 19" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19 |
| 20279 |
Part: External document 20 |
Functions
Projects
Connections
Connection definition points
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 20" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20 |
| 20280 |
Distributed terminal |
Functions |
Specifies whether a terminal is a distributed terminal. Terminal connection points can be shown distributed with the aid of distributed terminals. Each distributed terminal then represents one or several connection points of the terminal. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL |
| 20282 |
Data transfer rate (do not use anymore) |
Functions |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The data transfer rate of the bus system (value and unit). Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 values. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_TRANSMISSIONRATE |
| 20283 |
Terminal with plug-in adapter |
Functions
Function templates |
Shows that the terminal has a plug-in adapter. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_PLUGADAPTER |
| 20284 |
Used drilling pattern |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the drilling patterns (max. 50) in use of a part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONSTRUCTION |
| 20285 |
State |
Functions |
Indicates the states in the "Functional" representation type. A maximum of 10 states can be defined for the function using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_FUNCTIONALTEXT |
| 20286 |
Function exists with 'Functional' representation type |
Functions |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Functional" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONAL |
| 20287 |
EPLAN Data Portal: Configurator |
Functions |
Name of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Such a configurator, for example, can be used to subsequently configure devices and macros that have been placed via the Data Portal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER |
| 20288 |
EPLAN Data Portal: Configurator supplementary field |
Functions |
Supplementary field of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Here, specific information is stored for the external configurator. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER_ADDITIONAL |
| 20289 |
Integrated module |
Functions |
Designates the PLC box as an integrated module. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMODULE_ISINTEGRATED |
| 20290 |
Terminal strips: Allow same designations within multi-level terminals |
Functions |
This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within multi-level terminal may occur several times. In other words, several levels may have the same terminal designation. If the property is deactivated, the terminal designation must be unique for each level. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_ALLOW_SAME_NAME_IN_MULTILEVEL |
| 20291 |
Switching jumper (internal) |
Functions |
Shows the state of the switching jumper on the internal side of the terminal:
0 = None,
1 = Open,
2 = Closed.
The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_INTERN |
| 20292 |
Switching jumper (external) |
Functions |
Shows the state of the switching jumper on the external side of the terminal:
0 = None,
1 = Open,
2 = Closed.
The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_EXTERN |
| 20293 |
Switching lock |
Functions |
Indicates whether the terminal is locked and cannot be switched. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCH_LOCK |
| 20294 |
Device group |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points |
Manual assignment of the function to a device group (which determines the DT format). Using this property, you can select another DT format for specific functions, e.g., a connection can then have a different DT format than a cable. If the property is empty, the device group will be derived auotmatically from the function definition. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEVICETYPE_MANUAL |
| 20295 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter |
Connection points
Functions |
Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20296 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter (all) |
Functions |
This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function where the individual connection point cross-sections / diameters are separated by semicolons ";". |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20297 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter (all, depending on DT adoption) |
Functions |
This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function where the individual connection point cross-sections / diameters are separated by "¶". In addition, other connection point cross-sections / diameters of functions are also listed that are located in the search direction for the DT transfer. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEPENDEDALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20298 |
Start address 2 of PLC card (indirect) |
Functions |
Provides the optional second start address entered at the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can specify a separate start address for the outputs. The value entered defines the default value for the byte address of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INDIRECT |
| 20299 |
Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Functions |
For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE_2 |
| 20300 |
Cross-reference (main / aux. function) |
Structure boxes
Functions
|
Shows cross-references between main and auxiliary functions. Cross-references between structure boxes are not shown here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 20301 |
Overview cross-reference |
Functions |
Shows cross-references for overview functions. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPAIRCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20302 |
Manual cross-reference |
Functions
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Manually assigned cross-reference, displayed before all other cross-references. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MANUALCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20303 |
Contact image display |
Functions |
Setting for the contact image display. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTACTIMAGE |
| 20304 |
Cross-reference to plug counterpiece |
Functions |
A cross-reference to the counterpart is displayed at the plug definition (i.e. the assigned plug definition representing the receptacle / coupling). For a combined representation of male and female pins in one function, no cross-reference is displayed. A cross-reference to the matching pin is displayed at the pins. If male and female pins have the same DT, only the position of the matching pin is displayed. For non-placed direct connections, the cross-reference shows the name and position of the connected counterpart. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCETODIRECTLYCONNECTEDCOUNTERPART |
| 20305 |
Main placement |
Structure boxes |
Defines the structure box as a main placement to which cross-references refer. This allows the display of cross-references between structure boxes. If the property is not enabled at any box, then the first structure box in the graphic is regarded as the main placement. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
LOCATIONBOX_MAINPLACEMENT |
| 20306 |
Cross-reference (only main functions) |
Functions |
Shows cross-references for possible main functions of the device. The function category has to match here. This property can be used to show a cross-reference on a black box to the same black box placed elsewhere. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_MAINCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20307 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE |
| 20308 |
Bus system |
Functions
Function templates |
Type of bus system to which a bus port is assigned as a bus node. The following values are possible:
0 = Other bus systems
1 = CANbus
2 = DeviceNet
3 = EtherCAT
4 = Ethernet
5 = Foundation Fieldbus
6 = Interbus
7 = Lightbus
8 = Local-bus: Rack / PLC card
9 = ModBus
10 = MPI bus
11 = PROFIBUS
12 = PROFINET
13 = ASI
14 = Local-bus: Extension
15 = X2X
16 = Powerlink
17 = CC-Link
18 = ControlNet
19 = DALI
20 = EIB
21 = EtherNet/IP
22 = FIPIO
23 = LON
24 = RS232/RS485
25 = SERCOS interface
26 = USB
27 = IPLink
28 = Axioline
29 = DIOBus
30 = RIOBus
31 = ERIOBus
32 = RIO/DIO bus
33 = MDI I/O bus
34 = VARAN
35 = CC-Link IE
36 = Modbus TCP
37 = SERCOS III
38 = DRIVE-CLiQ
39 = SSCNET III
40 = CC-Link IE Control
41 = CC-Link IE Field
42 = IO-Link
43 = SSI
44 = ET-Connection
45 = CC-Link IE Field Basic |
PLC data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM |
| 20309 |
DNS/PROFINET device name |
Functions |
Domain name, name of an address in a network. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_DNS |
| 20310 |
Logical network: Bus port is master |
Functions |
Identifies a bus port as the master of a bus system / logical network. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISMASTER |
| 20311 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number |
Functions |
Bus ID of the bus port. Depending on the bus system, the value is a simple number, an IP address or a combination of letters and numbers. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the single-line network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port. The property in the "PLC structure data" tab of the property dialog is entered at PLC boxes and describes which bus ID the PLC box has in the connected bus system. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS |
| 20312 |
Subslot |
Functions |
Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SUBSLOT |
| 20313 |
Data transfer rate |
Functions |
The data transfer rate of the bus system (value and unit). Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 values. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_TRANSMISSIONRATE |
| 20314 |
Cross-reference display: Auxiliary function as main function |
Functions |
If this property is activated at an auxiliary function, it will behave, in terms of the cross-reference display, like a main function, and the main function of the same device will automatically behave like an auxiliary function. If a contact image is displayed at the main function, it is not carried over to the auxiliary function, but remains at the main function.
If the property is activated for several functions of a device, a possible main function "wins", otherwise the graphically first function. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCEMAINFUNCTION |
| 20315 |
PLC-specific settings |
Functions |
Displays the PLC scheme that is used with a specific CPU. Functions of a specific CPU are processed under consideration of the PLC scheme belonging to this CPU (PLC addressing, import / export of assignment lists, etc.). The value of this property can only be assigned or changed if the PLC box is the main function and the CPU (ID 20167) property is activated. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCPU_RELATEDPLCSCHEMA |
| 20316 |
Media code |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Terminal strips (in reports) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the identifier of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Identifier (ID 20013). If the project setting Fluid power: Use trade identifier as identifier (media code) is activated, the trade identifier is displayed. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CRAFTCODE |
| 20317 |
Circuit number |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the counter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Counter (ID 20014). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CIRCUITNUMBER |
| 20318 |
Item number |
Base class for functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the subcounter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Subcounter (ID 20015). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COMPONENTNUMBER |
| 20321 |
Connection point logic: External |
Functions |
Defines whether the connection point is to be interpreted as external. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ISEXTERN |
| 20322 |
Connection point logic: Cable connection point |
Functions |
Defines whether the connection should lie in a cable. This setting is taken into account when automatically generating cables. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ISCABLE |
| 20323 |
Connection point logic: Intrinsic safety possible |
Functions |
Specifies whether the connection point can be intrinsically safe. If it is later specified in the function that it is intrinsically safe, then all connection points will be intrinsically safe for which this property is selected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SAFETYISPOSSIBLE |
| 20324 |
Connection point logic: Number of targets allowed |
Functions |
The number of possible targets / connections that the connection point may have. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_DESTINATIONCOUNT |
| 20325 |
Connection point logic: Number of saddle jumpers allowed |
Functions |
Number of possible saddle jumpers for terminals. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_BRIDGECOUNT |
| 20326 |
Connection point logic: Transfer potential to |
Functions |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the potential should be transferred. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIALTRANSFER |
| 20327 |
Connection point logic: Consumer / source to |
Functions |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection point to which a consumer or generator (source) is internally connected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_CONSUMERSOURCES |
| 20329 |
Connection point logic: Connection point type |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_TYPE |
| 20330 |
Pressure level |
Functions |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURESTANDARD |
| 20331 |
Continuous connection between the connection points |
Functions |
Specifies at a connection splicer the connection points between which a continuous connection can run. Possible values are:
0 = None
1 = 1;2
2 = 1;3
3 = 1;4
4 = 2;3
5 = 2;4
6 = 3;4
7 = 1;2 / 3;4
8 = 1;3 / 2;4
9 = 1;4 / 2;3 |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTOR_CONNECTED_CONNPOINTS |
| 20332 |
Topology: Fill capacity |
Routing paths (topology) |
Shows the current fill capacity of a routing path as a percentage. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_FILLING |
| 20333 |
Function exists with 'Topology' representation type |
Functions |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Topology" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CABLING |
| 20334 |
MasterSystemID |
Functions |
The MasterSystemID is an identification number (network number) for interface assignment during the PLC data exchange with Siemens SIMATIC STEP 7. PROFIBUS DP networks have numerical values from 1 to 99, PROFINET IO networks have numerical values as of 100. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_MASTERSYSTEMID |
| 20335 |
Superior product aspect incl. name supplement |
Part references
Functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the superior part of the full name of a function without project structures.
Example: "U1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". If the function has a subordinate DT, no name supplement is output. "U1" is then output at a terminal "=A+O-U1-X1:1". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (superior, without project structures) (ID 20003) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAINNAME |
| 20336 |
Subordinate product aspect incl. name supplement |
Part references
Functions
Connections
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Provides the subordinate part of the full name of a function without the project structures.
Example: "X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-U2-X2:3". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (subordinate, without project structures) (ID 20004) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTEDNAME |
| 20338 |
Bus system (indirect) |
Functions
Function templates |
Specifies the type of the bus system at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type to which the same single-line bus port is assigned as the bus node. The following values are possible: see the property "Bus system" (ID 20308). |
PLC data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM_INDIRECT |
| 20339 |
Use handle from macro |
Part references
Functions |
At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_USEGRIPPERFROMMACRO |
| 20340 |
Handle from macro: X coordinate |
Part references
Functions |
X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_X |
| 20341 |
Handle from macro: Y coordinate |
Part references
Functions |
Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_Y |
| 20342 |
Name (complete with connection point designations) |
Functions |
Outputs the full name and behind it, separated by a colon, all the connection point designations, for example "=EB3+ET1-X0:L1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLNAME_WITH_CONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS |
| 20343 |
Topology: Generated single-line |
Routing Connections (Topology) |
This property stores whether a routing connection was generated from a single-line cable connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTIONCABLING_SINGLELINE_CREATED |
| 20344 |
Topology: Routing path types |
Functions
Connections |
This property outputs the routing path types of the routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLING_DUCT_TYPES |
| 20345 |
Topology: Routing path type (routing path) |
Routing paths (topology) |
Specifies the way in which connections or cables are routed in this routing path (for example pipe, cable duct, cable platform, etc.). This results in the routing path type of the connections / cables that are routed in this routing path (property Topology: Routing path types (ID 20344)). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DUCT_TYPE |
| 20346 |
Item number list |
Functions |
Displays the item numbers of all the parts separated by commas. This property allows you to display the item numbers of the parts at the functions in the graphical editor or output them in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR_LIST |
| 20347 |
Topology: Height difference |
Routing paths (topology) |
The routing length of the vertical routing path is displayed with preceding sign in this property. The preceding sign "+" means "upwards", "-" means "downwards". The property is only filled if a direction for the height difference was specified. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLINGSEGMENT_HEIGHT_DIFF |
| 20348 |
Topology: Direction for height difference |
Routing paths (topology)
Symbols |
Specifies the direction for the height difference. Possible values are "None" "Upwards" and "Downwards". |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DIRECTION_OF_HEIGHT_DIFF |
| 20350 |
Manual saddle jumpers (internal) |
Functions |
The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between internal saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start.
Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1 |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_INTERN |
| 20351 |
Manual saddle jumpers (external) |
Functions |
The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between external saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start.
Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1 |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_EXTERN |
| 20352 |
OPC UA: Assignment defined |
Functions
OPC UA objects |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_OPC_ITEM_ASSIGNED |
| 20353 |
OPC UA: Value available |
Functions |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_OPC_ITEM_ACTIVE |
| 20354 |
OPC UA: Value |
Functions
OPC UA objects |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Variable data type |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_OPC_ITEM_VALUE |
| 20355 |
OPC UA: Name |
Functions
OPC UA objects |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_OPC_NODENAME |
| 20356 |
OPC UA: Settings |
Functions |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_OPC_RELATEDSCHEMA |
| 20357 |
OPC UA: Settings (indirect) |
Functions
OPC UA objects |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_OPC_RELATEDSCHEMA_INDIRECT |
| 20358 |
Harness proD GUID |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points |
In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_HARNESSPROD_GUID |
| 20359 |
Module ID |
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Connections |
A module is a collection of parts that belong to a number of commonly nested devices. The subparts that belong to a module are identified via the module ID. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MODULE_ID |
| 20363 |
OPC UA: Input / output |
OPC UA objects |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_OPC_ITEM_DIRECTION |
| 20364 |
OPC UA: Value (indirect) |
Functions |
This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions. |
PLC data |
Variable data type |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_OPC_ITEM_VALUE_INDIRECT |
| 20365 |
Labeling type |
Functions
Function templates |
Through this property terminals can be differentiated for the manufacturing data export, for example for differently sized labels. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_LABELTYPE |
| 20366 |
Safety project |
Functions |
Name of the associated project in SISTEMA. The property is used as a selection criterion during the export of safety-related values. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_SAFETY_PROJECT |
| 20367 |
Terminal: Device position |
Functions |
The device position specifies the position of the terminal device to which the terminal belongs within the terminal strip. All the terminals of a terminal device have the same device position. The sort code also specifies the order of the terminals within a terminal device. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALDEVICEPOSITION |
| 20369 |
Connection point logic: Pressure / control port |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_CONTROL_CONPOINT |
| 20370 |
Connection point logic: Potential type |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 20371 |
Connection point logic: Type of signal |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SIGNAL_TYPE |
| 20372 |
Connection point logic: Allow identical connection point designation |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ALLOW_SAME_DESIGNATION |
| 20373 |
Connection point logic: Symbol connection point |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SYMBOL_CONPOINT |
| 20374 |
Connection dimension |
Functions
Function templates
Connection points |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDIMENSIONS |
| 20375 |
Connection dimension (all) |
Functions |
Shows the connection dimensions of all the connection points of a function, separated by paragraph marks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDIMENSIONS |
| 20376 |
Cables: Source |
Functions |
Shows the source of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE |
| 20377 |
Cables: Target |
Functions |
Shows the target of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION |
| 20378 |
Connection dimension source |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 20379 |
Connection dimension target |
Functions |
|
Function data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 20380 |
Do not include in addressing |
Functions
PLC addresses |
If this property is activated, the PLC connection point is excluded from addressing and retains its original address. Fixed hardware addresses are thus not changed during subsequent addressing or during the insertion of macros. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_NO_ADRESSING |
| 20381 |
Device description: Index in file |
Functions |
Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device within such a file language-neutral. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICE_INDEX |
| 20382 |
PLC subdevice 3: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_INPUTS |
| 20383 |
Cables: Source (with plug designation) |
Functions |
Shows the source of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION |
| 20384 |
PLC subdevice: Index |
Functions
PLC addresses
Function templates |
The value of this property specifies the position of the PLC subdevice to which the PLC connection point belongs. This information is required for automatic addressing. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection. |
PLC data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_INDEX_OF_STARTADDRESS |
| 20385 |
Cables: Target (with plug designation) |
Functions |
Shows the target of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION |
| 20386 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2 |
Functions |
Second bus ID of the bus port. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the single-line network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the additional address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port. The property in the "PLC structure data" tab of the property dialog is entered at PLC boxes and describes which further bus ID the PLC box has in the connected bus system. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS_2 |
| 20387 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2 (indirect) |
Functions |
Specifies the name of the second bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_2_INDIRECT |
| 20388 |
Signal range |
Functions
Function templates
PLC addresses (in reports)
PLC addresses |
Signal range that a PLC connection point has. Possible entries are, for example, ranges for the voltage or the amperage: 0...10 V or 0...20 mA or +/-5 V or 4...20 mA. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection. The property is identifiying at the device selection. It can be used for filtering during external editing and editing in a table. In addition the property in the list view of the PLC navigator can be displayed as well as selected in the dialogs in which you select PLC connection points or addresses to place them blockwise. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SIGNALRANGE |
| 20389 |
Function template: Description |
Functions
Connections |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20390 |
Bus interface: Name (indirect) |
Functions |
The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_INDIRECT |
| 20391 |
Bus interface: Main port (indirect) |
Functions |
Outputs the value of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" or "Multi-line" representation type. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER_INDIRECT |
| 20392 |
PLC subdevice 4: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_INPUTS |
| 20393 |
PLC subdevice 5: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_INPUTS |
| 20394 |
PLC subdevice 6: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_INPUTS |
| 20395 |
PLC subdevice 7: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_INPUTS |
| 20396 |
PLC subdevice 8: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_INPUTS |
| 20397 |
PLC subdevice 9: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_INPUTS |
| 20398 |
PLC subdevice 10: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_INPUTS |
| 20399 |
AutomationML GUID (accessories) |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points |
In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_AML_GUID |
| 20400 |
PLC address |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Full PLC address for channel or PLC connection point. The address is not an identifying characteristic. The format of the address depends on the PLC type. The address must be unique within a CPU. In this context the CPU is identified by means of the full CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU name]. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESS |
| 20402 |
Symbolic address |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Manually entered symbolic PLC address of a PLC connection point. This property, if it exists, is transferred on synchronization between overview and schematic. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_MANUAL |
| 20403 |
Symbolic address (determined) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Using target tracking, the connected sensor (for inputs) or actuator (for outputs) is found, and its DT is automatically entered as the symbolic address. If no sensor / actuator is found, then the DT of the last connected function found before the search was abandoned is entered. For the determined symbolic address, information from the connection point logic is used to decide at which connection point of the function the search for a sensor / actuator is to be continued. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_CALCULATED |
| 20404 |
Symbolic address (automatic) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Shows the content of the manually entered symbolic address or, when that is empty, the automatically determined symbolic address. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_AUTOMATIC |
| 20405 |
Data type |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Data type of a PLC connection point. The data type can be Bit, Byte, Word or DWord. The data type depends on the PLC type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDATATYPE |
| 20406 |
Plug designation |
Functions |
The designation of the plug is connected to the PLC connection point / channel or device connection point. The plug designation can be transferred from the left (or above), as with terminals and supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_MANUAL |
| 20407 |
Channel designation |
Functions |
PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_MANUAL |
| 20408 |
PLC station ID |
Functions |
PLC station ID at the PLC box. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME |
| 20409 |
PLC station type |
Functions |
PLC station type at PLC box. The property should be filled in at each PLC box that represents a CPU or a head station. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONTYPE |
| 20410 |
PLC card is placed on rack ID |
Functions |
Describes the rack on which a PLC card is placed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCRACK |
| 20411 |
Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
Slot of the PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged in. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSOCKET |
| 20412 |
Ignore missing bus ID |
Functions |
This settings possibility is designed for devices in bus systems that do not require a bus ID. If this property is activated at a bus port, the missing bus ID is ignored during the execution of check run 004037, and no check run message is issued for this bus port. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_IGNORE_BUSADDRESS |
| 20413 |
Physical network: Name |
Functions |
Designation of the bus bundle or name of the physical network on which the bus port is connected. This name must be unique within the configuration project. Only one bus system can exist within a physical network. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM |
| 20414 |
Logical network: Name |
Functions |
Name of the logical network to which the bus port belongs. This entry has to be unique within a physical network. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMASTER |
| 20415 |
Device description: File name |
Functions |
File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the "Device description: file name" property, the "Object description" property or "Device description: Index in file" property has to be specified as well. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.
In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICE_ID |
| 20416 |
PLC type designation |
Functions |
PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTYPE_ID |
| 20417 |
Object description |
Functions |
PLC object description of a PLC card. Can be automatically entered by the device selection. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 20418 |
Version |
Functions |
Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules. The value can be automatically entered by the device selection. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCFIRMWARE_VERSION |
| 20419 |
Start address of PLC card |
Functions |
Specifies the default value for the byte address of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. Enter the start byte here with which the addressing of the inputs or outputs of this card begins. This value can also be used as the configuration value for readdressing PLC configurations. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the start byte for the inputs is entered here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS |
| 20420 |
PLC station ID (indirect) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports)
PLC objects
PLC addresses |
For a PLC connection point, this shows the station ID of the associated PLC box. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME_INDIRECT |
| 20421 |
PLC card is placed on rack ID (indirect) |
Functions |
For a PLC connection point this outputs the rack on which the associated PLC card is placed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCRACK_INDIRECT |
| 20422 |
Position / (slot / module) (indirect) |
Functions |
For a PLC connection point, this shows the slot / module of the associated PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged in. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSOCKET_INDIRECT |
| 20423 |
Start address of PLC card (indirect) |
Functions |
Provides the start address entered for the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. The value entered defines the default value for the byte address of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_INDIRECT |
| 20424 |
Logical network: Name (indirect) |
Functions |
Specifies the name of the logical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCMASTER_INDIRECT |
| 20425 |
Physical network: Name (indirect) |
Functions |
Specifies the name of the physical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM_INDIRECT |
| 20426 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number (indirect) |
Functions |
Specifies the name of the bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_INDIRECT |
| 20427 |
Rack |
Functions |
If the PLC box is a rack, then enter the name of the rack here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTHISRACK |
| 20428 |
Channel designation (automatic) |
Functions |
Channel designation of a PLC power supply connection point. Shows either the contents of the manually entered channel designation or the contents of the channel determined by a related I/O connection point. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 20429 |
Function template: Template group (multi-line) |
Functions
Connections |
Shows the designation of the template group defined in the parts management. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_COMBINATION |
| 20430 |
Prevent numbering with PLC data |
Functions |
Prevents numbering with PLC data from this PLC connection point. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPREVENT_NUMERATION |
| 20431 |
Plug designation (automatic) |
Functions |
Plug designation automatically determined for PLC connection points / channels and device connection points. The plug designation supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 20432 |
Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Functions |
Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE |
| 20433 |
CPU: Name |
Functions |
Outputs a semicolon-separated list of all the CPU names that are entered at the PLC box. The display is effected without gaps, meaning that empty entries are not listed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCPU |
| 20434 |
CPU (indirect) |
Functions
PLC addresses (in reports)
PLC objects
PLC addresses |
Central processing unit, the processor of a PLC controller. Indirect property for requesting the PLC card property at a PLC connection point. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCPU_INDIRECT |
| 20435 |
Connection point designation (with plug designation) |
Functions |
Combined property from the plug designation and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION |
| 20436 |
Channel designation (determined) |
Functions |
PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_CALCULATED |
| 20437 |
PLC card name |
Functions |
Name of a PLC card (identifying for PLC devices during PLC data exchange in the AutomationML or Studio 5000 Architect format). The property can be displayed in reports and used as a filter criterion in the navigators. Depending on whether the PLC box represents a PLC card, a rack or a CPU, the PLC card name must be unique within a rack, a station or a configuration project. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMODULENAME |
| 20438 |
Deactivated I/O connection point |
Functions |
Identifies a deactivated I/O connection point within a channel. A channel can have several I/O connection points, but only one of them can be active. Deactivated connection points are treated as power supplies. For example, when addressing a filled address, the address from the channel is overwritten. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEACTIVATED_IO |
| 20439 |
Safety address |
Functions |
Safety address in the safety module (e.g., F-address for PROFIsafe). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS |
| 20440 |
Enclosure legend form |
Functions
Model views |
Form that is used to generate an enclosure legend for the mounting panel.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_CAPTIONFORM |
| 20441 |
Suppress generation of the enclosure legend |
Functions
Model views |
Suppresses the generation of an enclosure legend for the mounting panel. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_FORMEVALUATION |
| 20442 |
Disable resizing |
Functions |
Blocks the possibility of resizing the box. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_BOXFUNCTION_FIXEDSIZE |
| 20443 |
Bus interface: Name (with plug designation) |
Functions |
Composite property from bus interface name and plug designation, without a separator. The property supports the identification of bus ports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUSINTERFACENAME_AND_PLCPLUG |
| 20444 |
PLC card is placed on head station |
Functions |
Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE |
| 20445 |
Function exists with 'Function overview (fluid power)' representation type |
Functions |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Function overview (fluid power)" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONALOVERVIEW |
| 20446 |
Subnet mask |
Functions |
The subnet mask defines the splitting of a bus ID (IP address within an Ethernet-based bus system) into a network component and a device / station component. The subnet mask can be used to specify how many devices can be addressed within a subnet. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SUBNETMASK |
| 20447 |
Bus interface: Name |
Functions
Function templates |
The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 20448 |
Bus interface: Main port |
Functions |
Identifies a bus port within an interface as the main bus port. This bus port represents the bus interface and bears the data. During exporting the data are read from the main bus port and written into the PLC configuration file. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER |
| 20449 |
Connection point logic: Target tracking (PLC) to |
Functions |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the target tracking should continue. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_PLCDESTINATIONTRACKING |
| 20450 |
Legend item |
Functions
Part references |
Defines the position number for displaying the legend in a part placement. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_CAPTIONID |
| 20451 |
Angle |
Part references
Functions |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_ROTATIONANGLE |
| 20452 |
PLC subdevice 11: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_INPUTS |
| 20453 |
PLC subdevice 12: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_INPUTS |
| 20454 |
PLC subdevice 2: Start address (inputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INPUTS |
| 20455 |
PLC subdevice 2: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_OUTPUTS |
| 20456 |
PLC subdevice 3: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_OUTPUTS |
| 20457 |
PLC subdevice 4: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_OUTPUTS |
| 20458 |
X extension of part |
Functions
Part references |
Part extension in the X direction, determined from the box. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_XSIZE |
| 20459 |
Y extension of part |
Functions
Part references |
Part extension in the Y direction, determined from the box. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_YSIZE |
| 20460 |
Technical characteristics (of main function) |
Functions
Part references |
Technical characteristics of the main function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 20461 |
Function definition (of main function) |
Functions
Part references |
Function definition of the main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION |
| 20462 |
Mounting site (of mounting panel) |
Functions
Part references |
Mounting site of the mounting panel on which the item is placed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE_MOUNTINGLOCATION |
| 20463 |
Function text (of main function) |
Functions
Part references |
Shows the function text of the associated main function at a part placement. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 20464 |
Item number |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the position number of a part in indexed form. The value can be either manually or automatically entered in the bill of materials navigator. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR |
| 20465 |
Mounting panel (identifying) |
Functions
Part references |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE |
| 20466 |
Trade |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Device list entries
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
Determines the technology to be applied or selected. The following values are possible:
0 = Electrical engineering,
1 = Mechanics,
2 = Hydraulics,
3 = Pneumatics,
4 = Cooling,
5 = Lubrication,
6 = Process engineering,
7 = Cooling lubricant,
8 = Gas engineering,
9 = Fluid power, general. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_CRAFT |
| 20467 |
Subtrade |
Connections
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Device list entries
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A trade can consist of multiple so-called "subtrades". For instance, the trade "Cooling" can consist of the subtrades "Water cooling" and "Oil cooling". The specification of subtrades as additional function property makes it possible to construct very detailed reports in EPLAN Fluid. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUBCRAFT |
| 20468 |
Macro |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions |
Macro from which the object originates. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MACRO |
| 20469 |
Grouped by device |
Functions |
Shows whether the function belongs to a device group. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_INDEVICEGROUP |
| 20470 |
Function exists with 'Multi-line' representation type |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Multi-line" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CIRCUIT |
| 20471 |
Function exists with 'Single-line' representation type |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Single-line" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_SINGLELINE |
| 20472 |
Function exists with 'Pair cross-reference' representation type |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Pair cross-reference" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PAIRCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20473 |
Function exists with 'Overview' representation type |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Overview" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_OVERVIEW |
| 20474 |
Function exists with 'P&I diagram' representation type |
Functions
Connections
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "P&I diagram" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PROCESSANDINSTDIAGRAM |
| 20475 |
Device protection |
Functions
Connections
Segments (pre-planning) |
Specifies whether a device protection is assigned to the function, connection or planning object. The assigned parts cannot be changed at a device / planning object with device protection. All the properties that are assigned through the part (and the function templates stored at the part) are thus protected. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FIXED_DEVICE |
| 20476 |
Manage unplaced auxiliary functions at the main function |
Functions |
If this property is activated at a main function, the assigned, unplaced auxiliary functions are managed together with the main function. This means that when the main function is copied and pasted, the unplaced auxiliary functions are also copied and pasted and automatically renamed - analog to the behavior at function templates. If the main function is deleted, the assigned unplaced auxiliary functions are also deleted.
This property calculates the value of the relevant main function for auxiliary functions. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_MANAGE_FUNCTIONS |
| 20477 |
All placements |
Functions |
Outputs the placements of any representation type of the function. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ALLPLACEMENTLOCATIONS |
| 20478 |
PLC subdevice 5: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_OUTPUTS |
| 20479 |
PLC subdevice 6: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_OUTPUTS |
| 20480 |
DT |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows the device tag of the relevant function for a part reference. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_IDENTNAME |
| 20481 |
Part number |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_PARTNO |
| 20482 |
Number of units / quantity |
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
Number of parts. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT |
| 20483 |
Number of units / quantity (placed) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Number of placed parts. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_PLACED |
| 20484 |
Number of units / quantity (unplaced) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Number of unplaced parts. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED |
| 20485 |
Mounting panel |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Mounting panel on which the part is placed. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_MOUNTINGPLATE |
| 20486 |
Record type |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PARTTYPE |
| 20487 |
Item number |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
For the part reference, specifies the order in which the parts are output in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_POSNR |
| 20488 |
Part variant |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_VARIANT |
| 20489 |
Function group |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. Entry is limited to 30 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 20490 |
Part group |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. A maximum of 10 characters can be entered into this field. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PIECETYPE |
| 20491 |
Part allocation |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSIGNMENT |
| 20492 |
Assembly |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLY |
| 20493 |
Part is included in a module |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Specifies whether the part is a module. Modules are parts (assemblies) with several devices. The module has its own part number. It can contain assemblies and other modules. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_MODULE_PART |
| 20494 |
Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST |
| 20495 |
Project part |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Project parts are assigned directly to the project and do not belong to any device. This includes, for instance, parts to be provided with delivery, general installation materials, and so on. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_PROJECTARTICLE |
| 20496 |
Subset / length |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH |
| 20497 |
Subset / length: Value |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE |
| 20498 |
Unit for subset / length |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Unit in which the subset or length of the part is given. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20499 |
Total amount (number of units) |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows how often the relevant part is used in reports (summarized parts list) or in the enclosure legend. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_TOTAL |
| 20500 |
Total cable length |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Placeholder for the summarized parts list, for one cable part, this adds up all lengths of the cables taken into consideration in the report block and for which this cable part is entered. Every cable is considered only once here. The system recognizes a cable part by the fact that the product group "Cables" and the product subgroup "Undefined" are specified on the part. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CABLE_LENGTH_SUM |
| 20501 |
Suppl. field: Text |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field text" (ID 20915) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD |
| 20502 |
Suppl. field: Yes / No |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field Yes / No" (ID 20916) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export. In a parts list you can, for example, output only those parts for which this property is activated. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD |
| 20503 |
Total purchase price Currency 1 |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 1) |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_1 |
| 20504 |
Total purchase price Currency 2 |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 2) |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_2 |
| 20505 |
Subset / length in unit of project |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20506 |
Subset / length with unit of project |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20507 |
Quantity / subset in unit of project |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20508 |
Part of a part definition |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Parts which are assigned to a part definition do not belong to any specific device. They might belong to parts included in the delivery, general installation materials, etc. In contrast to project parts, parts that are assigned to a part definition are assigned to specific project structures. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_ARTICLEDEFINITION |
| 20509 |
Number of units / quantity (unplaced, 3D) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Number of parts that are available in the project, but that have not been placed in the layout space. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED_3D |
| 20510 |
Subset / length (full) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Subset of a part with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. This property may be used in bills of materials, for example. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL |
| 20511 |
Assembly structure |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYSTRUCTURE |
| 20512 |
Assembly variant |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYVARIANT |
| 20513 |
Total length with unit of the project |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This property totals up the lengths of all the functions (for example connections, routing paths, busbars, etc.) having the same part. The length unit is specified in the project settings for connections. You can use the property in forms for the parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_LENGTH_SUM |
| 20514 |
Total number of packagings |
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_NUMBEROFPACKAGES |
| 20515 |
PLC subdevice 7: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_OUTPUTS |
| 20516 |
PLC subdevice 8: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_OUTPUTS |
| 20517 |
PLC subdevice 9: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_OUTPUTS |
| 20518 |
PLC subdevice 10: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_OUTPUTS |
| 20519 |
PLC subdevice 11: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_OUTPUTS |
| 20520 |
PLC subdevice 12: Start address (outputs) |
Functions |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_OUTPUTS |
| 20521 |
PLC subdevice 1: Name |
Functions |
PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. In this property you specify the device name of the PLC subdevice. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_1 |
| 20522 |
PLC subdevice 2: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_2 |
| 20523 |
PLC subdevice 3: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_3 |
| 20524 |
PLC subdevice 4: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_4 |
| 20525 |
PLC subdevice 5: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_5 |
| 20526 |
PLC subdevice 6: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_6 |
| 20527 |
PLC subdevice 7: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_7 |
| 20528 |
PLC subdevice 8: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_8 |
| 20529 |
PLC subdevice 9: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_9 |
| 20530 |
PLC subdevice 10: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_10 |
| 20531 |
PLC subdevice 11: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_11 |
| 20532 |
PLC subdevice 12: Name |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_12 |
| 20533 |
PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. In this property you specify in which slot / at which position on the PLC card this PLC subdevice is located. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1 |
| 20534 |
PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2 |
| 20535 |
PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3 |
| 20536 |
PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4 |
| 20537 |
PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5 |
| 20538 |
PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6 |
| 20539 |
PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7 |
| 20540 |
PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8 |
| 20541 |
PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9 |
| 20542 |
PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10 |
| 20543 |
PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11 |
| 20544 |
PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12 |
| 20545 |
Block property: Format (function text, automatic) |
Functions |
Format for combining an automatic function text. The display of this function text defined by using the block property in the graphical editor is carried out via the placed property Function text (automatic). If a manual function text was entered at a function additionally, the Function text (automatic) property displays this text. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 20547 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the inputs of the PLC subdevice, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the inputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2 |
| 20548 |
PLC device: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the inputs of the PLC card, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the inputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS |
| 20549 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the outputs of the PLC subdevice, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the outputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2 |
| 20550 |
PLC device: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the outputs of the PLC card, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the outputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS |
| 20551 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3 |
| 20552 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4 |
| 20553 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5 |
| 20554 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6 |
| 20555 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7 |
| 20556 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8 |
| 20557 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9 |
| 20558 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10 |
| 20559 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11 |
| 20560 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3 |
| 20561 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4 |
| 20562 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5 |
| 20563 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6 |
| 20564 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7 |
| 20565 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8 |
| 20566 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9 |
| 20567 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10 |
| 20568 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11 |
| 20569 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12 |
| 20570 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs) |
Functions |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12 |
| 20571 |
PLC device: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the inputs of the PLC card, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the inputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS |
| 20572 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the inputs of the PLC subdevice, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the inputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2 |
| 20573 |
PLC device: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the outputs of the PLC card, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the outputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS |
| 20574 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
This property is only used for check runs which refer to the address range of PLC cards. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules, meaning subdevices, and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. In order to map such logical function units within a PLC device, up to twelve PLC subdevices are available to you. Enter here the number of occupied bits for the outputs of the PLC subdevice, for example "4". Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range. Always enter the maximum required size for the address range of the outputs here. The address range is determined from the start address and the data length (this means the number of occupied bits). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2 |
| 20806 |
Terminal / plug diagram form |
Functions |
Name of the terminal or plug diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_FORM |
| 20808 |
Saddle jumper option |
Functions |
Indicates the saddle jumper option:
0 = Automatic
1 = Manual, start of jumper
2 = Manual, center of jumper
3 = Manual, end of jumper
4 = No automatic jumper
5 = Automatic, start of jumper
6 = Automatic, end of jumper.
The settings for automatic saddle jumpers are only available for terminals. The settings for manual saddle jumpers are only available for pins. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPERBAR |
| 20809 |
Sort code (terminal / pin) |
Functions |
Specifies the order of the pins at plugs.
Specifies the order within the terminal device at terminals. If several terminals/pins have the same sort code or the sort code is empty; these are sorted in the sequence of their designation. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 20810 |
Sorting (graphical) |
Functions |
Specifies that the terminal next to the terminal on the left or above should be sorted in (depending on the settings for DT acceptance). |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE_GRAPHIC |
| 20811 |
Allow same designations |
Functions |
This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within the terminal strip may occur several times. If you place the terminals in several representation types, you should not activate this setting and define each terminal uniquely. Otherwise there may be problems in global editing. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_CANHAVESAMENAME |
| 20812 |
Numbered using PLC data |
Functions |
Shows whether the DT (or the terminal / pin designation) was changed by numbering with PLC data. The property is automatically set when numbering but can also be set manually. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CHANGEDBYPLCNUM |
| 20813 |
Continue numbering with PLC data beyond this function |
Functions |
If this property is activated at a function where the end of the numbering has been reached, then functions connected to this function are also numbered. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTINUEPLCNUM |
| 20851 |
No output to terminal / plug diagram |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal or plug diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NODIAGRAM |
| 20852 |
Terminal / plug connection diagram form |
Functions |
Name of the terminal or pin-connection diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug.
If you assign a value using the API interface, please ensure that the relevant master data is available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20853 |
No output to terminal-connection / pin-connection diagram |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal- or pin-connection diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20854 |
Connected PLC address |
Functions |
PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_MANUAL |
| 20855 |
Connected PLC address (automatic) |
Functions |
PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals (can be automatically determined over several terminals/pins). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_AUTOMATIC |
| 20856 |
Plugs: Coding |
Functions |
Coding is useful in order to distinguish between several plugs. Entry is limited to 10 characters. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property (ID 22103) of the same name of the associated part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLUGCODING |
| 20857 |
No output to terminal-strip / plug overview |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal strip or plug overview. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOOVERVIEW |
| 20858 |
Identifier for reports |
Functions |
The property can be used in filters for conditional forms to specify the subform to be reported in the main form. The value of the part property "Identifier for reports" (ID 22214) is displayed via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER |
| 20859 |
No output to terminal line-up diagram |
Functions |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition in the terminal line-up diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOLINEUPDIAGRAM |
| 20861 |
Device group main function |
Functions |
Identifies the function as the main function of a device group. |
General |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IS_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION |
| 20862 |
DT (identifying) of device group main function |
Functions |
Shows the DT of the device group main function for all functions of all devices belonging to the device group. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION_IDENTNAME |
| 20863 |
Pipe class |
Functions
Function templates |
The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PIPECLASS |
| 20864 |
Material |
Functions |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_MATERIAL |
| 20865 |
Nominal pressure level |
Functions |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 20866 |
Hose line length |
Functions |
Length of a hose line, is used in the hose line identification. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_LENGTH |
| 20867 |
Hose line identification |
Functions |
The hose line identification in EPLAN fulfills the specifications of the hose line standard DIN 20066 and is made up of the values of the following data:
Abbreviation of the manufacturer
Value of the working pressure + Unit of the pressure indication
Year + Month of manufacturing |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_MARKING |
| 20868 |
Manufacturing date |
Functions |
Manufacturing date (Year + Month), is used in the hose line identification. |
Data |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_CREATEDATE |
| 20869 |
Torsion angle |
Functions |
The torsion angle is the angle that is specified when two elbow fittings have to be mounted offset to each other at the hose. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_ROTATION_ANGLE |
| 20870 |
Max. working pressure |
Functions |
Working pressure with specification of the unit, is used in the hose line identification. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURE |
| 20901 |
Supplementary field |
Functions
Structure boxes
Terminal strips (in reports)
Interruption points
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
A max. of 1,000 supplementary fields can be defined for the function using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 20902 |
Function group |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. Entry is limited to 30 characters. A max. of 50 function groups can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 20903 |
Part group |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. A maximum of 10 characters can be entered into this field. A max. of 50 part groups can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PIECETYPE |
| 20904 |
Part allocation |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part. A max. of 50 part assignments can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSIGNMENT |
| 20905 |
Assembly |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY |
| 20906 |
Part is included in a module |
Functions |
Specifies whether this part is part of a module. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MODULE_PART |
| 20907 |
Spare part |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part. Entry is limited to 16 characters. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPARE |
| 20908 |
Wearing part |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear. Entry is limited to 16 characters. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEAR |
| 20909 |
Service time |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LIFETIME |
| 20910 |
Stress |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions). Entry is limited to 16 characters. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STRESS |
| 20911 |
Procurement |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Estimated time required to obtain the part. Entry is limited to 16 characters. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_USAGE |
| 20912 |
Lubrication / maintenance |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval. Entry is limited to 16 characters. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE |
| 20913 |
Trade of part reference |
Projects
Functions |
Trade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Data |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
PROJ_ARTICLEREF_CRAFT |
| 20914 |
Subtrade of part reference |
Functions
Projects |
Subtrade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
PROJ_ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT |
| 20915 |
Suppl. field: Text |
Connections
Functions
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Entry is effected in the user interface via a text box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Text" (ID 20501) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD |
| 20916 |
Supplementary field Yes / No |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Entry is effected in the user interface via a check box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Yes / No" (ID 20502) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD |
| 20917 |
External placement |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT |
| 20918 |
Part: Mounting surface |
Connections
Functions
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 mounting surfaces can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE |
| 20919 |
Order number |
Connections
Functions
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 order numbers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ORDERNR |
| 20920 |
Supplier |
Connections
Functions
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 suppliers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPLIER |
| 20921 |
Manufacturer |
Connections
Functions
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 manufacturers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER |
| 20922 |
Assembly structure |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_STRUCTURE |
| 20923 |
Assembly variant |
Functions
Connections
Connection definition points
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLYVARIANT |
| 20924 |
Bill of materials group |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP |
| 20930 |
Messages in message management |
Functions
Interruption points
Connections
Connection definition points
Part references
Part (stored)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows (after a check run) whether messages were generated for a function. These messages can be seen in message management. The property can also be used in the block properties. If messages are available relating to the function; the value "X" is output. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
MESSAGEMGMT_MESSAGES |
| 21000 |
Connection point designations |
Function templates |
A max. of 1,000 designations can be defined using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESIGNATION |
| 21001 |
Symbol |
Function templates |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOL |
| 21002 |
Index for additional data |
Function templates |
Identifying data for the function template. The meaning is dependent on the function that is to be displayed with the function template. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 2 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_INDEX |
| 21003 |
Intrinsically safe |
Function templates |
Shows whether the function is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_INTRINSICALLYSAFE |
| 21004 |
Function definition |
Function templates |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION |
| 21005 |
Subordinate DT / module ID |
Function templates |
In case of nested devices, indicates the subordinate DT.
Example: If a lamp "-H1" is located in a black box "-U1", "-H1" is the subordinate DT, and "-U1" is the higher-level DT. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_NESTEDDEVICETAG |
| 21006 |
Safety function |
Function templates |
Shows whether a function is relevant to safety. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 21007 |
Connection point descriptions |
Function templates |
Up to 1,000 descriptions can be specified using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESCRIPTION |
| 21008 |
Symbol macro |
Function templates |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOLMACRO |
| 21009 |
Part number / name |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Part number of an accessory part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 21010 |
Variant |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Part variant of an accessory part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 21011 |
Record type |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTTYPE |
| 21012 |
Accessory placement |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to an accessory part. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT |
| 21013 |
Accessory placement |
Accessory list entries |
Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to the components of an accessory list. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT |
| 21014 |
Installation variant |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Installation variant of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Here, you assign a name to a specific placement variant of the accessory placement. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_NAME |
| 21015 |
Base point |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Base point of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Base points are fixed defined mounting points in the layout space; they can be selected in parts management from a drop-down list. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_REFERENCEPOINT |
| 21016 |
Rotation |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Rotation angle of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. During the placement of the accessories, the accessory part is rotated by the angle stated here. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ROTATION |
| 21017 |
Offset in X-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_XSPACING |
| 21018 |
Offset in Y-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_YSPACING |
| 21019 |
Offset in Z-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ZSPACING |
| 21020 |
Can be moved |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Specifies whether the placed accessory part can be moved in the enclosure or whether it is a fixed element of the enclosure. If the property is deactivated, the "Item is fastened unmovably to the superior item" (ID 36010) property will be activated automatically. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_MOVABLE |
| 21021 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter |
Function templates |
Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_CROSSSECTION |
| 21023 |
Template group (multi-line) |
Function templates |
By means of this property the function templates of connected functions can be combined into a logical unit. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_COMBINATION |
| 22000 |
Trade 'Process engineering' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_PROCESS |
| 22001 |
Part number |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTNR |
| 22002 |
Type number |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the type number of the part entered in parts management on the "General" tab. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPENR |
| 22003 |
Order number |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ORDERNR |
| 22004 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR1 |
| 22005 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR2 |
| 22006 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR3 |
| 22007 |
Manufacturer |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Short name of the manufacturer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER |
| 22008 |
Supplier |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Short name of the supplier. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLIER |
| 22009 |
Description |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOTE |
| 22010 |
Graphical macro (incl. directory) |
Part references
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Macro name (CAD number) for the 2D panel layout, including directory. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MACRO |
| 22011 |
Identifier |
Part (stored) |
Outputs the identifier for the item designations according to DIN standards (e.g. "M" for motors) which has been entered in parts management on the "Technical data" tab. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CODELETTER |
| 22012 |
Height |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HEIGHT |
| 22013 |
Width |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTH |
| 22014 |
Depth |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DEPTH |
| 22017 |
Technical characteristics |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CHARACTERISTICS |
| 22018 |
Graphical macro |
Part references
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Name of the graphics macro (CAD number) for the 2D panel layout, without the directory. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_MACRONAME |
| 22019 |
Bus coupler |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus coupler or as a head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISBUSCOUPLER |
| 22020 |
CPU |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISCPU |
| 22022 |
Mounting surface |
Part (stored)
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE |
| 22023 |
Record type |
Part (stored)
Part address information
Accessory lists
Accessory placements
Drilling patterns
Connection point patterns |
Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTTYPE |
| 22024 |
Variant |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Shows the designation of the variant. A part always has at least one variant. By default, the variant designation "1" is assigned to the first variant of each part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VARIANT |
| 22025 |
Accessory code |
Part (stored) |
This property should no longer be used and is only available with old EPLAN versions for reasons of compatibility. In older EPLAN projects (created with Version 1.9 or older), this property was used to assign accessory parts to a part; parts and accessory parts with the same accessory code were grouped together. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACCESSORYID |
| 22026 |
Function group |
Part (stored) |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. Entry is limited to 30 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 22027 |
Part group |
Part (stored) |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. A maximum of 10 characters can be entered into this field. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PIECETYPE |
| 22028 |
Product subgroup |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
Outputs the product subgroup entered in parts management on the "General" tab. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTSUBGROUP |
| 22030 |
Cable type / Type designation |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. Entry is limited to 40 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLETYPE |
| 22031 |
Number of connections |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Number of cable connections. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECOUNT |
| 22032 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Connection cross-section / diameter of the cable connection of a cable. For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. A corresponding property "External diameter" exists for the external diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION |
| 22033 |
Voltage |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Coil operating voltage or of the component (connection point voltage for electricity consumers); entry is limited to 10 characters. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGE |
| 22034 |
Cable assignment diagram form |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. When selecting a part the contents of this property are transferred to the main function. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEDISPLAYFORM |
| 22035 |
Plugs: Number of pins |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Number of pins in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PINCOUNT |
| 22036 |
Connection point cross-section |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Evaluates a value calculated on the "Properties" tab in parts management and outputs it in a report, e.g. a terminal diagram, and displays it at the terminal in the schematic. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION |
| 22037 |
Device description: File name |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the "Device description: file name" property, the "Object description" property or "Device description: Index in file" property has to be specified as well. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.
In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML format. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_ID |
| 22038 |
Object description |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Outputs the object description for parts in the "PLC" product group that has been entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 22039 |
Part: Connection point designation |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Outputs the connection point designations entered in parts management on the "Function templates" tab. Multiple connection point designations are separated by a line break. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 22040 |
Distributed placement of assembly |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Controls how an assembly acts in EPLAN Pro Panel: If the property is enabled, the assembly is broken apart in EPLAN Pro Panel, so that the single parts can be individually placed (for example main switch distributed between panel and door). If the property is not enabled, the assemblies act as contactors with auxiliary contacts that are placed together and are defined as an assembly in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_POS_PLACE_SPREADED |
| 22041 |
Product group |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
Outputs the product group entered in parts management on the "General" tab. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTGROUP |
| 22042 |
Quantity unit |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_QUANTITYUNIT |
| 22043 |
Price unit |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRICEUNIT |
| 22044 |
Group number |
Part (stored) |
Outputs the group number entered in parts management on the "Technical data" tab. The group number is used to differentiate between individual parts groups. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPNUMBER |
| 22045 |
Image file |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the name of the image file which has been assigned to the part in parts management on the "Mounting data" tab. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PICTUREFILE |
| 22046 |
Weight |
Part (stored) |
Part weight in kg. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT |
| 22047 |
Space requirement |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22048 |
Certification: General |
Part (stored) |
Text identifier for a certificate or test number, which is assigned on the basis of a safety check. Up to 50 characters (letters and numbers) can be entered. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE |
| 22049 |
Certification: UL |
Part (stored) |
Identifier of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc, up to 50 characters (letters and numbers) can be entered. You can enter UL certifications, UL file numbers, or other test numbers here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_UL |
| 22050 |
Certification: VDE |
Part (stored) |
Identifier of the Association for Electrical Engineering, Electronics, Information Technology. Up to 50 characters (letters and numbers) can be entered. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_VDE |
| 22051 |
Attributes |
Part (stored)
Drilling patterns
Accessory lists
Accessory placements
Connection point patterns |
Shows the values of the attributes indicated which have been assigned to the part in parts management on the "Attributes" tab. Attributes are independent of the part type and identical for all variants of a part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE |
| 22052 |
Power supply |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Identifies the device as a power supply. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY |
| 22053 |
Bus distribution device |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus distribution device. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR |
| 22054 |
Part is accessory |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IS_ACCESSORY |
| 22055 |
Length (prefabricated) |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Length of cables, bundles, pipes, tubes and wires is stored internally in the unit "meter" and is converted to the unit selected for the display. What is meant here is the "unchangeable" length with which a part is to be used, not the delivery length. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLELENGTH |
| 22056 |
ERP number |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number in an external ERP system. ERP numbers may be up to 255 characters in length. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR |
| 22058 |
Delivery length |
Part (stored) |
Delivery length of the parts. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value of the delivery length from the parts management. You can use the property in forms for the parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DELIVERYLENGTH |
| 22059 |
Weight in displayed unit |
Part (stored)
Part references |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_DISPLAY_UNIT |
| 22060 |
Unique part ID |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
This property (cannot be seen in the user interface above) uniquely identifies the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UNIQUEID |
| 22063 |
Min. bending radius |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Minimum bending radius of the cable, e.g. "5 x external diameter". Entry is limited to 40 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS |
| 22064 |
Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Property of a part variant. This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP". The multi-line entry is limited to 100 characters. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEDESIGNATION |
| 22065 |
External diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. External diameter (in mm); entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTERDIAMETER |
| 22066 |
Copper weight |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Specifies the proportion of copper in the cable, entry is limited to 10 characters. Since copper is calculated on the current daily value, the copper price is calculated separately from the costs of manufacture of the cable and added to the cable price. In order to avoid minute numerical values, the unit kg/km is used for the entry, for example 33.
The following formula can be used to calculate how high the copper price is:
For 100 m cable: Copper weight*(CU-notation - Basic official price)/1000
Example: Copper surcharge for the cable (N)YM(ST)-J5x1,5/1,5, Basic official price: 300, Day official price: 425
Calculation: 7.7 * (425 - 300)/1000 = EUR 0.96 CU surcharge (for 100 m) |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COPPERNUMBER |
| 22067 |
Weight / length |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Entry here is relative to the unit kg/km, e.g., "67". Entry is limited to 10 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWEIGHT |
| 22068 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Unit for the cross-section or diameter of the connections of a cable or conduit. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 22069 |
No. of connections and cross-section / diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x". For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_AND_DIAMETER |
| 22070 |
Voltage type |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Used for the entry of the voltage type (AC / DC). Entry is limited to 5 characters. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGETYPE |
| 22071 |
Current |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRICALCURRENT |
| 22072 |
Switching capacity |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Electrical switching capacity (in kW) of a contact in connection with coils of contactors and relays or of a component; entry is limited to 10 characters. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRICALPOWER |
| 22073 |
Holding power |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Maximum holding power (in mVA) of contactor and relay coils. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HOLDINGPOWER |
| 22074 |
Max. power dissipation |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Specification of the maximum power dissipation in mVA of contactor and relay coils, entry is limited to 10 characters. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWERDISSIPATION |
| 22075 |
Tripping current |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TRIGGERCURRENT |
| 22076 |
EMI model |
Part (stored) |
This property should no longer be used and is only available with old EPLAN versions for reasons of compatibility. Mechanical model for EMI that is stored at a part. This is the basis for carrying data from EPLAN EMI over to AutoCAD Inventor. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_3DMACRO |
| 22077 |
Subtrade 'Electrical engineering' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 22078 |
Mounting panel: Mounting space |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELMOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22079 |
Door: Mounting space |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORMOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22080 |
Color |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. This property is available for terminals and wires and is used to show the color of the terminal or the wire. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COLOR |
| 22081 |
Material |
Part (stored)
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MATERIAL |
| 22082 |
Terminals: Degree of protection |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DEGOFPROTECTION |
| 22084 |
Terminals: Cross-section from |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONFROM |
| 22085 |
Terminals: Cross-section to |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Permissible conductor cross-section in mm². |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONTILL |
| 22086 |
Terminals: AWG from |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the conductor cross-section of cables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AWGFROM |
| 22087 |
Terminals: AWG to |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the conductor cross-section of cables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AWGTILL |
| 22088 |
Terminals: Current IEC |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTIEC |
| 22089 |
Terminals: Voltage IEC |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGEIEC |
| 22090 |
Terminals: Current UL |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTUL |
| 22091 |
Terminals: Voltage UL |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGEUL |
| 22092 |
Terminals: Current CSA |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTCSA |
| 22093 |
Terminals: Voltage CSA |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGECSA |
| 22094 |
Subtrade 'Mechanics' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_MECHANICS |
| 22095 |
Plugs: Pin arrangement |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. The pin arrangement designates the number, distance, and arrangement of pins within a plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTACTOR_ARRANGEMENT |
| 22096 |
Plugs: Clearance |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. The clearance is defined as the shortest distance through the air between two conductive parts. For the calculation of minimum clearance, besides the rated surge voltage, the degree of pollution is also needed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AIRGAP |
| 22097 |
Plugs: Creepage distance |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. The creepage distance is defined as the shortest distance along the surface of an insulator between two conducting parts. This insulation does not depend on the length of voltage load. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CREEPAGEDISTANCE |
| 22098 |
Plugs: Standard / inverse |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. In telecommunications technology, the inverse constructions of DIN 41612 plugs have become the standard. The term "inverse" here means that female and male pins are found on the same side of the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STANDARDINVERS |
| 22099 |
Plugs: Pin type |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Type of pin, e.g. standard, nickel-plated, etc. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTACTTYPE |
| 22100 |
Plugs: Type of construction |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Type of plug construction according to specifications in the manufacturer catalog or according to DIN 41 612. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN |
| 22101 |
Plugs: Connecting technique |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Connection techniques, for example solder connection, crimp connection, etc. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTIONMETHOD |
| 22102 |
Plugs: Leading pins |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Number of leading pins in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADVANCECONTACTS |
| 22103 |
Plugs: Coding |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Coding is useful in order to distinguish between several plugs. Entry is limited to 10 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CODING |
| 22104 |
Version |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FIRMWAREVERSION |
| 22105 |
PLC type designation |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCTYPE |
| 22106 |
Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE |
| 22107 |
Sales price Currency 1 |
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_1 |
| 22108 |
Sales price Currency 2 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_2 |
| 22109 |
Purchase price/price unit Currency 1 |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_1 |
| 22110 |
Purchase price/price unit Currency 2 |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_2 |
| 22111 |
Purchase price/packaging Currency 1 |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_1 |
| 22112 |
Purchase price/packaging Currency 2 |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_2 |
| 22113 |
Certification: CE |
Part (stored) |
Certificate of the Communauté Européene certificate, i.e. the previous European Community. The CE certification is a prerequisite for teh he first placing on the market of products for which a CE certification in accordance with special EU directives is required, namely in all member states of the European Economic Area. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_CE |
| 22114 |
Intrinsically safe |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Shows whether the part is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTRINSICSAFETY |
| 22115 |
Short-circuit proof |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Shows whether a cable is short-circuit proof. In this case, it is guaranteed that the cable will not burn through between individual conductors in case of a short circuit. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SHORTCIRCUITRESISTANT |
| 22116 |
Mounting panel: Usable height |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELHEIGHT |
| 22117 |
Mounting panel: Usable width |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELWIDTH |
| 22118 |
Mounting panel: Max. mounting depth |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELDEPTH |
| 22119 |
Door: Usable height |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Door opening height. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORHEIGHT |
| 22120 |
Door: Usable width |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Door opening width. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORWIDTH |
| 22121 |
Door: Max. mounting depth |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORDEPTH |
| 22122 |
Quantity/packaging |
Part (stored) |
Number of quantity units that are contained in a packaging unit. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGQUANTITY |
| 22123 |
Number of PE conductors |
Part (stored) |
Number of PE / PEN cable conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PE_WIRE_COUNT |
| 22124 |
Max. working pressure |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Working pressure (in bar), entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRESSURE |
| 22125 |
Control range |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Control range for the working pressure (in bar), entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE |
| 22126 |
Flow |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Enter how many liters per minute can flow through the part. Entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLOW |
| 22127 |
Thread |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Thread information, entry is limited to 6 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THREAD |
| 22128 |
Inner diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Internal diameter (in mm); entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INNERDIAMETER |
| 22129 |
Length of stroke |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Length of stroke (in mm), entry is limited to 15 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STROKELENGTH |
| 22130 |
Connection point |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Entry is limited to 10 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION |
| 22131 |
Trade 'Electrical engineering' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 22132 |
Trade 'Fluid power' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID |
| 22133 |
Trade 'Mechanics' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_MECHANICS |
| 22134 |
Trade 'Hydraulics' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_HYDRAULICS |
| 22135 |
Trade 'Pneumatics' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_PNEUMATICS |
| 22136 |
Trade 'Lubrication' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_LUBRICATION |
| 22137 |
Trade 'Cooling' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLING |
| 22138 |
Generic product group |
Part (stored)
Part references (summarized representation types)
Part references |
Outputs the generic product group entered in parts management on the "General" tab. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTTOPGROUP |
| 22139 |
Wearing part |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear. Entry is limited to 16 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEAR |
| 22140 |
Spare part |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part. Entry is limited to 16 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPARE |
| 22141 |
Lubrication / maintenance |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval. Entry is limited to 16 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE |
| 22142 |
Service time |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LIFETIME |
| 22143 |
Stress |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions). Entry is limited to 16 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STRESS |
| 22144 |
Procurement |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Estimated time required to obtain the part. Entry is limited to 16 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_USAGE |
| 22145 |
Macro |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Macro defined for a part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO |
| 22146 |
Free properties: Description |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Description of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_DESCRIPTION |
| 22147 |
Free properties: Value |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_VALUE |
| 22148 |
Free properties: Unit |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Unit for the value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_UNIT |
| 22149 |
External document 1 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1 |
| 22150 |
External document 2 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2 |
| 22151 |
External document 3 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3 |
| 22152 |
Mounting clearance Width: Left |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_LEFT |
| 22153 |
Mounting clearance Width: Right |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_RIGHT |
| 22154 |
Mounting clearance Height: Above |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_ABOVE |
| 22155 |
Mounting clearance Height: Below |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_BELOW |
| 22156 |
Mounting clearance Depth: Front |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_FRONT |
| 22157 |
Mounting clearance Depth: Rear |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_REAR |
| 22158 |
Subtrade 'Hydraulics' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_HYDRAULICS |
| 22159 |
Subtrade 'Pneumatics' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PNEUMATICS |
| 22160 |
Door fold |
Part (stored) |
Rabbet strength of door opening. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_RABBET |
| 22161 |
Door opening: Offset top |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_TOP |
| 22162 |
Door opening: Offset right |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_RIGHT |
| 22163 |
Overhang: Side panel front |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22164 |
Overhang: Side panel back |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22165 |
Overhang: Side panel top |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONTOP |
| 22166 |
Overhang: Side panel bottom |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM |
| 22167 |
Distance side panel |
Part (stored) |
Distance side panel from profile level. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDISTANCE |
| 22168 |
Side panel: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDEPTH |
| 22169 |
Overhang: Rear panel left |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22170 |
Overhang: Rear panel right |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22171 |
Overhang: Rear panel top |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONTOP |
| 22172 |
Overhang: Rear panel bottom |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM |
| 22173 |
Distance rear panel |
Part (stored) |
Distance rear panel from profile level. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELDISTANCE |
| 22174 |
Rear panel: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELDPEPTH |
| 22175 |
Overhang: Cover left |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22176 |
Overhang: Cover right |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22177 |
Overhang: Cover front |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22178 |
Overhang: Cover back |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22179 |
Distance cover |
Part (stored) |
Distance of roof from profile level. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELDISTANCE |
| 22180 |
Cover: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELDPEPTH |
| 22181 |
Overhang: Base left |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22182 |
Overhang: Base right |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22183 |
Overhang: Base front |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22184 |
Overhang: Base back |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22185 |
Distance base |
Part (stored) |
Distance of roof from profile level. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDISTANCE |
| 22186 |
Base: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDEPTH |
| 22187 |
Profile horizontal: Height |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEHEIGHT |
| 22188 |
Profile horizontal: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEDEPTH |
| 22189 |
Profile vertical: Width |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VPROFILEWIDTH |
| 22190 |
Profile vertical: Depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VPROFILEDPETH |
| 22191 |
Adjoining distance |
Part (stored) |
Shows the spacing (in mm) between multiple enclosures lined up next to each other. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEDISTANCE |
| 22192 |
Door: Type |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORTYPE |
| 22193 |
Door: Hinge |
Part (stored) |
Indicates whether the hinge of the door is attached on the left or the right. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HINGEPOSITION |
| 22194 |
Door: Wall thickness |
Part (stored) |
Wall thickness of the door (in mm). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORTHICKNESS |
| 22195 |
Subtrade 'Lubrication' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_LUBRICATION |
| 22196 |
Subtrade 'Cooling' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLING |
| 22197 |
Subtrade 'Process engineering' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PROCESS |
| 22198 |
Width top |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHTOP |
| 22199 |
Width bottom |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHBOTTOM |
| 22200 |
Busbars: Profile geometry D x H (only EPLAN Cabinet) |
Part (stored) |
Profile geometry of the busbar system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARGEOMETRY |
| 22201 |
Busbars: Number of rails |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARCOUNT |
| 22202 |
Busbars: Rail spacing |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARDISTANCE |
| 22203 |
Busbars: Distance between rails and mounting panel |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARMOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE |
| 22204 |
Busbar support: Part number |
Part (stored) |
Part number of busbar support within a busbar system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERPARTNR |
| 22205 |
Busbar support: Part variant |
Part (stored) |
Part variant of busbar support within a busbar system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERVARIANT |
| 22207 |
Busbar support: Vertical offset |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSERTPOINTOFFSETX |
| 22208 |
Barcode number |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Barcodes are used to give goods a unique identification. Different coding standards are used internationally, e.g. the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number). In addition, companies use company-specific or industrial standards.
The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts; it cannot be translated, however. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IDENTCODE |
| 22209 |
Barcode type |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows the type of coding for a barcode, e.g. 2D code, EAN/GTIN, ISBN etc. The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts; it cannot be translated. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IDENTTYPE |
| 22210 |
External document |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT |
| 22211 |
Clip-on height |
Part (stored) |
The clip-on height describes the position in the side view or from the top / bottom. When it is placed on a mounting rail, the item is automatically placed on the rail to the correct mounting depth. If the rail is replaced, the item will "move" to the top. The item is thus aligned above the top edge on the basis of the value entered here, rather than on the underside of the rail. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SNAPHEIGHT |
| 22212 |
API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in |
Part (stored)
Part address information
Accessory placements
Accessory lists
Connection point patterns
Drilling patterns |
This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the EPLAN parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_INDEX |
| 22213 |
API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in |
Part (stored)
Part address information
Accessory placements
Accessory lists
Connection point patterns
Drilling patterns |
This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the EPLAN parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_VALUE |
| 22214 |
Identifier for reports |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
You can enter a code in this property that is reported in filters for conditional forms. The property is entered in parts management on the Data for reports tab. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER |
| 22215 |
Center mismatch |
Part (stored) |
If you do not want the part to be centered in the front view, enter the offset relative to the middle of the mounting rail. The item will then be automatically offset by this value. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MIDDLEOFFSET |
| 22216 |
Wall thickness |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WALLTHICKNESS |
| 22217 |
Drilling pattern |
Part (stored) |
The drilling pattern stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 22218 |
Coil: Voltage |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COILVOLTAGE |
| 22219 |
Texture |
Part (stored) |
Name of the image file that is mapped during part placement in the layout space on the front side of the placed 3D object. Using an image file as texture displays the surface of a 3D model in more detail and more realistically or illustrates the photo of an original item. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ECABINET_MACRO |
| 22220 |
External placement |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT |
| 22221 |
Discount |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISCOUNT |
| 22222 |
Manufacturer name |
Part (stored) |
Full name of the manufacturer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER_NAME |
| 22223 |
Supplier name |
Part (stored) |
Full name of the supplier. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_SUPPLIER_NAME |
| 22224 |
Pipe class |
Part (stored)
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
Property of a part variant. The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PIPECLASS |
| 22225 |
Nominal width |
Part (stored)
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
This property should no longer be used and is only available with old EPLAN versions for reasons of compatibility. In older EPLAN projects (created with version 2.2 or earlier), this property was used to assign the diameter of a pipe / hose line or the size / connection dimension of a control valve (valve, slide) to a part variant. Together with the nominal pressure level, the nominal width defines all dimensions of a pipe. The designation DN ("diameter nominal") is used to specify the nominal width, followed by a number without a unit that is roughly equivalent to the inner diameter in millimeters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHRATING |
| 22226 |
Nominal pressure level |
Part (stored)
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
Property of a part variant. The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 22227 |
Standard |
Part (stored)
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NORM |
| 22228 |
Symbol for reports |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
In this property, you can enter symbols that will be used in the report of conditional forms. The symbols are entered in parts management on the Data for reports tab, with a maximum of 20. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_REPORT_SYMBOL |
| 22229 |
Alignable |
Part (stored) |
Shows whether a terminal part (terminal or accessories) can be aligned. Terminals can always be aligned. This property can be changed in the case of accessory parts. The property for accessories with product subgroups "Terminator," "End clamp" and "Partition" is enabled by default; it is not enabled by default for all other product subgroups. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CAN_BE_LINED_UP |
| 22230 |
Max. working pressure (full) |
Part (stored) |
Working pressure with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PRESSURE_FULL |
| 22231 |
Control range (full) |
Part (stored) |
Control range with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE_FULL |
| 22232 |
Flow (full) |
Part (stored) |
Flow with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_FLOW_FULL |
| 22233 |
Weight (full) |
Part (stored) |
Weight with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_FULL |
| 22234 |
Free properties: Value and unit (full) |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Value of a free property with specification of the unit. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_FULL |
| 22235 |
External document 4 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4 |
| 22236 |
External document 5 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5 |
| 22237 |
External document 6 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6 |
| 22238 |
External document 7 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7 |
| 22239 |
External document 8 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8 |
| 22240 |
External document 9 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9 |
| 22241 |
External document 10 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10 |
| 22242 |
External document 11 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11 |
| 22243 |
External document 12 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12 |
| 22244 |
External document 13 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13 |
| 22245 |
External document 14 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14 |
| 22246 |
External document 15 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15 |
| 22247 |
External document 16 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16 |
| 22248 |
External document 17 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17 |
| 22249 |
External document 18 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18 |
| 22250 |
External document 19 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19 |
| 22251 |
External document 20 |
Part (stored) |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20 |
| 22252 |
Busbars: Part number |
Part (stored) |
Part number of an individual busbar within a busbar system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILPARTNR |
| 22253 |
Busbars: Part variant |
Part (stored) |
Part variant of an individual busbar within a busbar system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILVARIANT |
| 22254 |
Connection type |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRETYPE |
| 22255 |
Connection: Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 22257 |
Bending radius |
Part (stored) |
Bending radius of a bent busbar |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS_COPPER |
| 22258 |
Discontinued part |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Identifies the part as a discontinued part; such a part is no longer to be used. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISCONTINUED |
| 22259 |
Maximum bundle diameter |
Part (stored) |
The maximum bundle diameter indicates the maximum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MAXDIAMETER |
| 22260 |
Minimum bundle diameter |
Part (stored) |
The minimum bundle diameter indicates the minimum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MINDIAMETER |
| 22261 |
Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. Enter the I/O address range here from which data is transmitted or where the data can be written. The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE_2 |
| 22262 |
Trade 'Cooling lubricant' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT |
| 22263 |
Trade 'Gas engineering' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY |
| 22264 |
Trade 'Fluid power (undefined)' |
Part (stored) |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED |
| 22265 |
Subtrade 'Cooling lubricant' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT |
| 22266 |
Subtrade 'Gas engineering' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY |
| 22267 |
Subtrade 'Fluid power (undefined)' |
Part (stored) |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED |
| 22268 |
Mounting depth |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_DEPTH |
| 22269 |
PLC station type |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCSTATIONTYPE |
| 22270 |
Certification: ATEX identifier |
Part (stored) |
Certification for explosion protection in accordance with the ATEX Directive of the European Union. The designation ATEX is derived from the French abbreviation for "ATmosphère EXplosibles". Up to 50 characters (letters and numbers) can be entered. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_ATEX |
| 22271 |
Rail cross-section |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RAILCROSSSECTION |
| 22272 |
Rail material |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RAILMATERIAL |
| 22273 |
Conductivity (at +20 °C) |
Part (stored) |
Specific electrical conductivity at +20 °C. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONDUCTIVITY |
| 22274 |
Temperature coefficient |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_COEFFICIENT |
| 22275 |
Fluid / process engineering Wall thickness of the connection |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Entry is limited to 10 characters. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLUID_WALLTHICKNESS |
| 22277 |
Connection point pattern: Offset X-direction |
Part (stored)
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_X |
| 22278 |
Connection point pattern: Offset Y-direction |
Part (stored)
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_Y |
| 22279 |
External document: Designation |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_DESIGNATION |
| 22280 |
External document: File / hyperlink |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_URL |
| 22281 |
Connection dimension source |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 22282 |
Connection dimension target |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 22283 |
Device description: Index in file |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device within such a file language-neutral. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML format. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_INDEX |
| 22285 |
Finger width |
Part (stored) |
Width of a wire duct finger. This part property is required solely for the "Averex Wiring Center" manufacturing data export. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TAB_WIDTH |
| 22286 |
Slot width |
Part (stored) |
Width of a slot between two wire duct fingers. This part property is required solely for the "Averex Wiring Center" manufacturing data export. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SLOT_GAP |
| 22287 |
Distance of the pinch point |
Part (stored) |
Distance of the pinch point from a wire duct fin. This part property is required solely for the "Averex Wiring Center" manufacturing data export. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISTANCE_WIRE_HOLD_BACK_NOSE |
| 22288 |
Distributed placement of module |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Controls how a module is placed in EPLAN Pro Panel:
0 = Place module parts and elements
1 = Place only module parts
2 = Place only elements |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MODULE_POS_PLACE_SPREADED |
| 22289 |
Bill of materials group |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP |
| 22290 |
PLC card is placed on head station |
Part (stored) |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE |
| 22291 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3 |
| 22292 |
Break up in summarized parts list |
Part (stored) |
Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the summarized parts list is influences.
0 = From settings
1 = Always break up
2 = Never break up |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_MODE |
| 22293 |
PLC subdevice 1: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_1 |
| 22294 |
PLC subdevice 2: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_2 |
| 22295 |
PLC subdevice 3: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_3 |
| 22296 |
PLC subdevice 4: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_4 |
| 22297 |
PLC subdevice 5: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_5 |
| 22298 |
PLC subdevice 6: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_6 |
| 22299 |
PLC subdevice 7: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_7 |
| 22300 |
PLC subdevice 8: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_8 |
| 22301 |
PLC subdevice 9: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_9 |
| 22302 |
PLC subdevice 10: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_10 |
| 22303 |
PLC subdevice 11: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_11 |
| 22304 |
PLC subdevice 12: Name |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_12 |
| 22305 |
PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1 |
| 22306 |
PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2 |
| 22307 |
PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3 |
| 22308 |
PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4 |
| 22309 |
PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5 |
| 22310 |
PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6 |
| 22311 |
PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7 |
| 22312 |
PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8 |
| 22313 |
PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9 |
| 22314 |
PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10 |
| 22315 |
PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11 |
| 22316 |
PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module) |
Part (stored) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12 |
| 22317 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4 |
| 22318 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5 |
| 22319 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6 |
| 22320 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7 |
| 22321 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8 |
| 22322 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9 |
| 22323 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10 |
| 22324 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11 |
| 22325 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12 |
| 22326 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3 |
| 22327 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4 |
| 22328 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5 |
| 22329 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6 |
| 22330 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7 |
| 22331 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8 |
| 22332 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9 |
| 22333 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10 |
| 22334 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11 |
| 22335 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs) |
Part (stored) |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12 |
| 22900 |
Short name |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Short designation of manufacturers/suppliers or customers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_SHORTNAME |
| 22901 |
Last editor / Modification date |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored) |
Last change to the part. Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE |
| 22902 |
Creator / Creation date |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored) |
Creation date of the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE |
| 22908 |
Full name |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Full name of manufacturers/suppliers or customers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_LONGNAME |
| 22909 |
Title |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Title of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_TITLE |
| 22910 |
Name 1 |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME1 |
| 22911 |
Name 2 |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME2 |
| 22912 |
Name 3 |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME3 |
| 22913 |
Street |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Street of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_STREET |
| 22914 |
Zip code (City) |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Zip code of city of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_ZIPTOWN |
| 22915 |
City |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
City of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_TOWN |
| 22916 |
Zip code (P.O. box) |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Zip code of P.O. box of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_ZIPPOBOX |
| 22917 |
P.O. box |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
PO box of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_POBOX |
| 22918 |
Country |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Country of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_STATE |
| 22919 |
Phone |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Phone number of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_PHONE |
| 22920 |
E-mail |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
E-mail address of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_EMAIL |
| 22921 |
Customer number |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Number managed under personal details. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NUMBER |
| 22922 |
Description (address) |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Descriptive text for a customer, manufacturer or supplier in the parts management. This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, e.g. "responsible for sales, part....., good credit, etc." and so on. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NOTE |
| 22923 |
Fax |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Fax number of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_FAX |
| 22930 |
Description (Drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling patterns |
Description of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_DESCRIPTION |
| 22931 |
Name |
Part (referenced)
Drilling patterns |
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 22932 |
Drilling pattern variant |
Part (referenced)
Drilling patterns |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_VARIANT |
| 22936 |
Creator / Creation date (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory lists |
Creation date of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_CREATE |
| 22937 |
Last editor / Modification date (address) |
Part (referenced)
Part address information |
Last change to manufacturer/supplier or customer details. Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_LASTCHANGE |
| 22938 |
Last editor / Modification date (drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling patterns |
Last change to the drilling pattern in parts management. Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_LASTCHANGE |
| 22939 |
Creator / Creation date (drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling patterns |
Creation date of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_CREATE |
| 22941 |
Connection point pattern |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored) |
The connection point pattern stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_NAME |
| 22942 |
Additional length (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
This property is used if no additional length has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the default value for the additional length of the connection point arrangement. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_ADDITIONALLENGTHDEFAULT |
| 22943 |
Creator / Creation date (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
Creation date of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_CREATE |
| 22944 |
Last editor / Modification date (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
Last change to the connection point pattern in parts management. Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_LASTCHANGE |
| 22945 |
Name (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
Name of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_NAME |
| 22946 |
Description (Connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
Description of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTION |
| 22947 |
Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet, default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. It is used if no wire termination processing has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is entered in parts management for connection points and specifies the default value for a group of connection points.
0 = Undefined
1 = Cut
2 = Strip
3 = Crimp
4 = Other
from 5 = User-defined. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TYPEDEFAULT |
| 22948 |
Routing direction (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
This property is used if no routing direction has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. The property is entered in parts management for connection point patterns and specifies the default value of the routing direction for a group of connection points.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_DIRECTION |
| 22958 |
Last editor / Modification date (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory lists |
Last change of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_LASTCHANGE |
| 22959 |
Description (Accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory lists |
Description of the accessory list in parts management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_DESCRIPTION |
| 22960 |
Name (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory lists |
Name of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_NAME |
| 22963 |
Part number in accessory |
Part (referenced) |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used as an accessory. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_AS_ACCESSORY_FILTER |
| 22966 |
Part number in module |
Part (referenced) |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in a module. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_IN_MODULE_FILTER |
| 22967 |
Part number in assembly |
Part (referenced) |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in an assembly. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_IN_ASSEMBLY_FILTER |
| 22968 |
Connection category (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
This property is used if no connection category has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the connection point type of a connection more precisely:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single
2 = Screw clamp connection double
3 = Cage clamp connection
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug)
7 = Plug connection
8 = Solder connection
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid)
10 = Nipple
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut
14 = Compression fitting
15 = User-defined. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TYPEOFTERMINAL_DEFAULT |
| 22969 |
Connection dimension (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point patterns |
This property is used if no connection dimension has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. In this property, you can enter the measurement of the screw (e.g., M6) or of the lug (e.g., 4.8x0.5) for screw connections, threads, nipples, and plug-in connections. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TERMINALSIZE_DEFAULT |
| 22970 |
Name (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placements |
Name of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_NAME |
| 22972 |
Creator / Creation date (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placements |
Creation date of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_CREATE |
| 22973 |
Last editor / Modification date (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placements |
Last change to part in the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_LASTCHANGE |
| 22974 |
Description (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placements |
Description of the accessory placement in parts management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION |
| 22980 |
Last editor |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored)
Accessory lists
Accessory placements
Drilling patterns
Connection point patterns
Part address information |
Shows the login name of the user who last edited the record. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE_USER |
| 22981 |
Modification date |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored) |
Shows the date and time of the last change. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE_DATE |
| 22982 |
Creator |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored)
Accessory lists
Accessory placements
Drilling patterns
Connection point patterns |
Shows the login name of the user who created the record. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE_USER |
| 22983 |
Creation date |
Part (referenced)
Part (stored) |
Shows date and time when the record was created. |
Data |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE_DATE |
| 22984 |
Eindeutige externe Artikel-ID |
Part (stored)
Part references
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CPMS_GUID |
| 23001 |
Macro: File name |
Macro boxes
Macros
Macro boxes (referenced)
Protected groups |
File name (including path specification) of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO |
| 23002 |
Macro: Version |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_VERSION |
| 23003 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Describing text in which you can, for example, specify where the schematic originates (e.g., "Siemens catalog"). |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_SOURCE |
| 23004 |
Macro: Description |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 23005 |
Macro: Source project |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Name of the project used to create the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_SOURCEPROJECT |
| 23006 |
Macro: Inserted by |
Macro boxes
Pages
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Name of the user who inserted the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_INSERTED_BY |
| 23007 |
Macro: Representation type |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced)
Protected groups |
Representation type of macro. Possible values are:
1 = Multi-line
2 = Single-line
3 = Pair cross-reference
4 = Overview
5 = Graphic
6 = Panel layout
7 = P&I diagram
8 = Multi-line Fluid power
9 = Topology
10 = 3D mounting layout
11 = Functional
12 = Pre-planning. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_REPRESENTATION_TYPE |
| 23008 |
Macro: Variant |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced)
Protected groups |
Macro variant. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_VARIANT |
| 23009 |
Macro: Name |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced)
Protected groups |
File name of the macro (without path specification). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
MACROBOX_NAME |
| 23010 |
Macro: Type |
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Macro variant. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
MACROBOX_TYPE |
| 23011 |
Macro: Type of usage |
Macro boxes (referenced)
Macro boxes |
The type of usage is used to differentiate macros in the macro navigator, and specifies which of the functionalities "Generate macros automatically" and "Update macros" can be executed and which not.
0 = Not specified: Generation and updating are possible.
1 = Defining: Is only taken into consideration for generating.
2 = Referencing: Is only taken into consideration for updating.
3 = Subordinate: Neither generating nor updating is possible. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USAGE |
| 23012 |
Macro: Protected group |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Determines at a macro box in a macro project that a protected group is created during the insertion of a macro. The inserted macro cannot be graphically changed or further broken down in the schematic project. |
Macro |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USEPROTECTEDGROUP |
| 23013 |
Macro: Also insert macro box |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Specifies the behavior of the macro box during insertion of the associated macro.
0 = From project settings: The macro box is also inserted when the project setting "Also insert macro boxes" is activated.
1 = Yes: The macro box is always inserted.
2 = No: The macro box is never inserted. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_INSERTMODE |
| 23014 |
Macro: Take connection point designations into account |
Macro boxes
Macro boxes (referenced) |
Specifies for the macro, whether connection point designations are taken into account for device assignment when macros are updated.
0 = From user settings: The connection point designations are taken into account during the device assignment, if the user setting "Take the connection point designations into account during the device assignment" is activated.
1 = Yes: The connection point designations are always taken into account.
2 = No: The connection point designations are never taken into account. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USECONNECTIONPOINTDESIGNATION |
| 23100 |
Project option group: Name |
Project options
Project option sections
Project options groups |
Name of the project options group. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
OPTIONGROUP_NAME |
| 23101 |
Project option: Name |
Project options
Project option sections |
Name of the project option. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
OPTION_NAME |
| 23102 |
Project option section: Name |
Project option sections |
Name of the section within a project option. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
OPTIONFRAGMENT_NAME |
| 23103 |
Project option active |
Project options
Project option sections |
Specifies whether the project option is switched on or off. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
OPTION_ISACTIVE |
| 23104 |
Project option group: Description |
Project options groups
Project options
Project option sections |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project options group is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
OPTIONGROUP_DESCR |
| 23105 |
Project option section: Description |
Project option sections |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the section is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
OPTIONFRAGMENT_DESCR |
| 23106 |
Project option: Description |
Project options
Project option sections |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project option is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
OPTION_DESCR |
| 23200 |
Part number |
Device list entries |
Part number in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_PARTNR |
| 23201 |
Number allowed |
Device list entries |
Shows the number of units of the current part that can be used in the project. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWED |
| 23202 |
Device description |
Device list entries |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESCRIPTION |
| 23203 |
Type number |
Device list entries |
Shows the type number of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_TYPENR |
| 23204 |
Total number allowed |
Device list entries |
Sums the permitted quantities of all parts with the same part number. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWEDALL |
| 23205 |
Used unit quantity |
Device list entries |
Indicates how often a part was actually used in the project. (The part references are counted for this.) |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTUSED |
| 23206 |
Spare |
Device list entries |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_RESERVE |
| 23207 |
Order number |
Device list entries |
Shows the order number of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_ORDERNR |
| 23208 |
System part |
Device list entries |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_PLANT |
| 23209 |
Variant |
Device list entries |
Shows the part variant of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_VARIANT |
| 23210 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Device list entries |
Shows the "Designation 1" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION1 |
| 23211 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Device list entries |
Shows the "Designation 2" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION2 |
| 23212 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Device list entries |
Shows the "Designation 3" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION3 |
| 23213 |
Manufacturer |
Device list entries |
Shows the manufacturer of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_MANUFACTURER |
| 23214 |
Macro |
Device list entries |
Shows the macro, which is specified for the relevant part, in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_MACRO |
| 23215 |
Discontinued part |
Device list entries |
Shows the "Discontinued part" property of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DISCONTINUED |
| 23216 |
ERP number |
Device list entries |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_ERPNR |
| 23300 |
Communication unit |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 23301 |
Configuration project |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects assigned to the same configuration project belong together and represent the bus configuration. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 23302 |
End IP address |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS |
| 23303 |
PLC object ID |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID |
| 23304 |
Bus system |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Type of bus system to which a communication unit is assigned as a bus node. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUSSYSTEM |
| 23305 |
Subnet mask (do not use anymore) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The subnet mask defines the splitting of a bus ID (IP address within an Ethernet-based bus system) into a network component and a device / station component. The subnet mask can be used to specify how many devices can be addressed within a subnet. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBNETMASK |
| 23306 |
Standard gateway |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Packets that cannot be directly forwarded within a LAN are sent to the standard gateway (e.g. a router). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_STANDARDGATEWAY |
| 23307 |
MAC address |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS |
| 23308 |
DNS/PROFINET device name |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Domain name, name of an address in a network. Using the index, you can differentiate up to 10 names. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DNS |
| 23309 |
Node group (Interbus) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP |
| 23310 |
Alternative (Interbus) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE |
| 23311 |
Service info (Interbus) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO |
| 23312 |
Bundle / Network ID (do not use anymore) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Designation of the bus bundle or net on which the communication unit hangs. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DP_SYSTEM |
| 23313 |
Address range |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Area for PLC addresses for a communication unit. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ADDRESSRANGE |
| 23314 |
Start address of PLC card |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies the default value for the byte address of a communication unit; this can be taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_GROUP_STARTADDRESS |
| 23315 |
Bus master / Bus coupler (do not use anymore) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. If a communication unit is a bus master or bus coupler, this property shows the name of this bus master or coupler. This property can be used in reports, for example. It is populated with the value that has the property of the same name (ID 20136) for the index, corresponding to the communication unit. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_THISMASTER |
| 23316 |
To bus master / bus coupler ID (do not use anymore) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Shows the name of the bus master / coupler to which the communications unit belongs. This property can be used in reports, for example. It is populated with the value that has the property of the same name (ID 20137) for the index, corresponding to the communication unit. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_MASTER |
| 23317 |
Position / Bus ID (do not use anymore) |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. PLC bus ID of the communication unit. Describes the ID / position the bus master uses to manage a communication unit. This property can be used in reports, for example. It is populated with the value that has the property of the same name (ID 20138) for the index, corresponding to the communication unit. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUS_ADDRESS |
| 23318 |
Object ID of communication unit |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID |
| 23319 |
Start IP address |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS |
| 23320 |
Domain Postfix |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX |
| 23321 |
Use DHCP |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP |
| 23322 |
Subslot |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBSLOT |
| 23323 |
Data transfer rate |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Here, enter the data transfer rate of the bus system at the bus master. The input consists of a value and unit (permitted units are: bps, Kbps, Mbps, Gbps, and Tbps). Make sure to enter only values that are supported by the target system. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_TRANSMISSIONRATE |
| 23330 |
Supplementary field 1 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 23331 |
Supplementary field 2 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 23332 |
Supplementary field 3 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 23333 |
Supplementary field 4 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 23334 |
Supplementary field 5 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 23335 |
Supplementary field 6 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06 |
| 23336 |
Supplementary field 7 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07 |
| 23337 |
Supplementary field 8 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08 |
| 23338 |
Supplementary field 9 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09 |
| 23339 |
Supplementary field 10 |
PLC communication units |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10 |
| 23400 |
Name of the communication unit |
PLC addresses |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. PLC addresses can be assigned to a particular communication unit of a PLC card. This property represents the second part of the reference to the communication unit. The first part of the reference is the database ID of the associated PLC box. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLCIOENTRY_COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 23403 |
Direction |
PLC addresses
PLC addresses (in reports) |
PLC connection points can be inputs or outputs. Input and output addresses can be recognized by the direction (input, output, undefined). |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLCIOENTRY_DIRECTION |
| 23404 |
Pre-planning |
PLC addresses (in reports) |
Outputs the planning object to which this PLC address is assigned. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PLCIOENTRYCOMPOUND_RELATEDPLANNINGOBJECT_DESIGNATION |
| 23500 |
Drilling pattern: Name |
Drilling pattern frames |
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_NAME |
| 23501 |
Drilling pattern: Description |
Drilling pattern frames |
Description text for the drilling pattern. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_DESCRIPTION |
| 23502 |
Drilling pattern: Subdirectory for outline (NC data) |
Drilling pattern frames |
Subdirectory for the outlines of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_CONTOURPATH |
| 24000 |
Target of interruption point |
Interruption points |
Provides the (first) target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference; only used internally. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESTINATION |
| 24001 |
Automatically generated |
Interruption points |
Indicates whether the interruption point was generated automatically. These interruption points are created when pasting and cutting schematic elements if the Smart connect option is enabled. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_AUTO_CREATED |
| 24020 |
Display all cross-references |
Interruption points |
At an interruption point, shows cross-references to all other interruption points with the same name. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCES |
| 24021 |
Display of all counter targets |
Interruption points |
If this setting is switched on at an interruption point, then the "Cross-reference (configurable)" (ID 24300) and / or the "Counter target in cross-reference" (ID 24351) properties show all counter targets.
If this property is activated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is deactivated, the setting trumps at the interruption point, and all targets are displayed.
If this property is deactivated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is activated, the first target is displayed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCEDESTINATIONS |
| 24300 |
Cross-reference (configurable) |
Interruption points |
For interruption points and structure boxes, this outputs the cross-reference. This also outputs target information when the "Display of all counter targets" (ID 24021) property is enabled. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 24301 |
Cross-reference |
Interruption points |
Specifies the cross-reference. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCEONLY |
| 24302 |
Cross-reference for NFPA standard |
Interruption points |
Normal cross-reference, which inserts a line break between the page cross-reference and the row / column cross-reference, for the NFPA standard. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE_NFPA |
| 24350 |
Separator between interruption point and cross-reference |
Interruption points |
Separator displayed between the interruption point name and the cross-reference. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFSEPARATOR |
| 24351 |
Counter target in cross-reference |
Interruption points |
Provides the (first) counter target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFDESTINATION |
| 24809 |
Sort code (interruption point) |
Interruption points |
Defines the sequence in which the interruption points are sorted. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SORT_CODE |
| 24810 |
Interruption point: Description |
Interruption points |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTION |
| 24811 |
Interruption point: Description (automatic) |
Interruption points |
Shows the interruption point description. The value is automatically taken from the first interruption point (according to the position in the schematic). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTIONAUTOMATIC |
| 25000 |
Trade (Defined working sections) |
Connections
Pages
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Can be used in the filter schemes for defined working sections in order to filter pages, functions, and connections by trade. The following values are possible:
0 = Electrical engineering
1 = Fluid power, general
2 = Mechanics
3 = Process engineering.
99 = General.
In this context, the "Fluid power, general" setting includes also the trades Hydraulics, Pneumatics, Cooling, and Lubrication. Pages contain the additional trade setting "General". The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
EDITINGAREA_CRAFT |
| 25020 |
Counter page number |
Pages |
This property automatically increments the pages in the project in accordance with the order in the page structure . You can insert this property as special text and use it for displaying a sequential page number, for example in the page properties, in the graphical editor or on report pages. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_COUNTERPAGENUMBER |
| 25030 |
AutomationML GUID |
Connections
Functions
Segments (pre-planning)
Connection definition points
Structure identifiers
PLC addresses
PLC addresses (in reports) |
This property is required for the AutomationML export and import. Each object is identified in AutomationML by a GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) that is unique worldwide. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID |
| 25031 |
AutomationML GUID 2 |
Functions
PLC addresses
PLC addresses (in reports) |
The property manages a second GUID that is required during a PLC data exchange in AutomationML format. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. Only the index [1] is used here. In this property the GUID of the symbolic address is stored at PLC connection points that are digital or analog inputs / outputs. At PLC boxes the GUID of the rack is stored in this property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 12 |
No |
AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID_2 |
| 25100 |
Subproject of |
Projects |
Specifies at a subproject from which original project it was created. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PROJECT_SUBPROJECTORIGIN |
| 25101 |
Subproject number |
Pages
Projects
Layout spaces
Segments (pre-planning)
Connections
Base class for functions |
Number of the subproject. During the creation of subprojects a name is assigned automatically to each subproject. This is made up of the name of the original project and the subproject number. The subproject numbers are assigned in accordance with the order of defined working sections. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
SUBPROJECT_NUMBER |
| 25102 |
Cross-reference (external) |
Functions
Interruption points
Structure boxes |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EXTERNALCROSSREFERENCE |
| 31000 |
Connection: Length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Length without specification of the units. The value is stored internally in the unit "meter". |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_VALUE |
| 31001 |
Connection: Unit of length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Display unit of the length. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm
2 = cm
3 = dm
4 = m
5 = Meter
6 = km
8 = Inch
9 = "
10 = In
11 = ft
12 = feet
13 = foot
14 = yd
15 = yard
29 = µm. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_UNIT |
| 31002 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Cross-section / Diameter of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31003 |
Connection: Length with unit |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Length of a connection. When you enter a unit here, this takes priority before the unit of length is specified in the project settings. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH |
| 31004 |
Connection color / number |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Color or number of the connection, this property identifies the connection. This property is automatically filled by the connection numbering process. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRENUMBER |
| 31005 |
Autoconnecting line: Color |
Connections
Connection definition points
Autoconnect lines
Potential definition points
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_COLOR |
| 31006 |
Potential type |
Connections
Potential definition points |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 31007 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter with unit |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Cross-section / Diameter of the connection, including units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT |
| 31008 |
Subset / length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH |
| 31009 |
Connection description |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESCRIPTION |
| 31010 |
Subset / length: Value |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE |
| 31011 |
Connection designation |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points
Symbols |
Designation of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESIGNATION |
| 31012 |
Unit for subset / length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Unit in which the subset or length of the part is given. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 31013 |
Exchange source and target |
Connections
Connection definition points |
The source and target of a connection are determined by the device tag of the connected functions. Using this property, you can reverse the direction of the individual connection on the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SWAP_SRC_DEST |
| 31014 |
Part description |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Description of the part, carried over from parts management. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOTE |
| 31015 |
Autoconnecting line: Line type |
Connections
Connection definition points
Autoconnect lines
Potential definition points
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_STYLE |
| 31016 |
Autoconnecting line: Line thickness |
Connections
Connection definition points
Autoconnect lines
Potential definition points
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_WIDTH |
| 31017 |
Autoconnecting line: Layer |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_LAYER |
| 31018 |
Autoconnecting line: Pattern length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points
Symbols |
|
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_FACTOR |
| 31019 |
Source |
Connections |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SOURCE |
| 31020 |
Target |
Connections |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31021 |
Source: Placement |
Connections |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_SOURCE |
| 31022 |
Target: Placement |
Connections |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_DESTINATION |
| 31023 |
Source: Target number |
Connections |
Number of the source of the connection. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NR_SOURCE |
| 31024 |
Target: Target number |
Connections |
Number of the target of the connection. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NR_DESTINATION |
| 31025 |
Alternative connection cross-section / diameter |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the conductor cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31026 |
Name of page containing connection |
Connections
Connection definition points |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PAGENAME |
| 31027 |
Associated connections: Device tag (identifying) |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DT |
| 31028 |
Associated connections: Connection designation |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DESIGNATION |
| 31029 |
Associated connections: Connection cross-section / diameter |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31030 |
Intrinsically safe |
Connections
Functions |
Functions, connections, and connection definition points are defined as intrinsically safe using this property. The intrinsic safety at the function forces intrinsic safety at the associated connection points for which intrinsic safety is possible. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INTRINSICSAFETY |
| 31031 |
Associated connections: Connection: Color / number |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRENUMBER |
| 31032 |
Associated connections: Connection description |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DESCRIPTION |
| 31033 |
Associated connections: Length |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRELENGTH |
| 31034 |
Associated connections: Remark |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_NOTE |
| 31035 |
Associated connections: Function definition |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_TYPE |
| 31036 |
Associated connections: Exchange source and target |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_SWAP_SRC_DEST |
| 31037 |
Associated connections: Line thickness of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_WIDTH |
| 31038 |
Associated connections: Color of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_COLOR |
| 31039 |
Associated connections: Line type of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_STYLE |
| 31040 |
Subset / length in unit of project |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31041 |
Associated connections: Pattern length for autoconnecting line |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_FACTOR |
| 31042 |
Associated connections: Layer for autoconnecting line |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_LAYER |
| 31043 |
Subset / length with unit of project |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31044 |
Quantity / subset in unit of project |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31045 |
Valid data |
Connection definition points |
Specifies the data that may be entered at the connection definition point:
0 = All data
1 = No connection designation
2 = Only connection designation. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CDP_ALLOWED_DATA |
| 31046 |
Manually set |
Connection definition points
Connections |
Controls the editing possibilities of the connection numbering. Connection definition points which have this property can be excluded by the actions "Designate," "Realign," "Format" as well as being deleted. This property can be automatically set on designation (depending on the settings). |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CDP_SET_AS_MANUAL |
| 31048 |
Connection: Type designation |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Type designation of the connection part, e.g., the type number of the wire type, pipe type or tube type. During a part selection, the value entered in parts management in the "Connection data" tab is carried over to this property. But the value can also be entered manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRETYPE |
| 31049 |
Shielded by |
Connections |
Specifies the name of the shield that shields the connection / conductor. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_SHIELDEDBY |
| 31050 |
Pair index |
Connections
Connection definition points |
The pair index (twisting index) shows another way of identifying the connection/conductor when this has the same colors/numbers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_PAIRINDEX |
| 31051 |
Wire termination processing source |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Specifies for the source connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_SOURCE |
| 31052 |
Wire termination processing target |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Specifies for the target connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_DESTINATION |
| 31053 |
Source: Sleeve cross-section |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_SOURCE |
| 31054 |
Target: Sleeve cross-section |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31055 |
Source: Stripping length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_SOURCE |
| 31056 |
Target: Stripping length |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_DESIGNATION |
| 31057 |
Pressure line / control line |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Shows whether the connection is a pressure or control line. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WORKING_CONTROL_LINE |
| 31058 |
Cable connection |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a cable. If this property is not assigned to a connection or a connection definition point, the connection points determine whether this is a cable connection for the connection. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_CABLE |
| 31059 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31060 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Automatically determined units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = Undefined
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31061 |
Connection: Color (multilingual) |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Stores the connection color as a multilingual text. The color code is taken from the "Connection color / number" property (or the "Color / number" field of the property dialog) and is assigned to a color corresponding to the assignment table in the project settings. It is case-sensitive. The property is automatically updated with every change to the connection color / number. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_MLWIRENUMBER |
| 31062 |
Associated connections: Potential type |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 31063 |
Associated connections: Unit of connection cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31064 |
Alternative connection cross-section / diameter with unit |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_AUTO_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT |
| 31065 |
Unit for alternative connection cross-section / diameter |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
The alternative unit belonging to the alternative cross-section/diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the conductor cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31066 |
Associated connections: Trade |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_CRAFT |
| 31067 |
Associated connections: Subtrade |
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_SUBCRAFT |
| 31068 |
Substance |
Connections
Connection definition points
Piping definition points |
Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_MEDIUM |
| 31069 |
Grouping |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Using this property, free groups of connections can be defined that can then be given special names using connection numbering. This property is available for connections, connection definition points, potentials, signals, and potential definition points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_GROUPING |
| 31075 |
Type of administration |
Connections |
Specifies at a connection the manner in which the connection is to be managed in EPLAN. The property can be used to sort the connections in the connection navigator. Possible values are:
0 = Placed: Placed connection.
1 = Unplaced: Unplaced connection.
2 = Net-based: A connection in a net that is defined at a net definition point.
3 = Direct (automatic): Direct connection between male and female pins; is generated by symbols with direct connection points.
4 = Multi-line (automatic): Multi-line connection that is defined on a connection definition point in the single-line representation.
5 = Jumper (automatic): Automatically generated jumper; this occurs if manual saddle jumpers are defined on terminals or pins or, when creating the jumper, between distributed terminals.
6 = Routed: Routed connection (in the layout space or in the topology)
7 = Not routed: Connection that is not routed; it is created, for example, during the data transfer from EPLAN Cabinet. |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TYPE |
| 31076 |
Net index |
Connections |
Identifies the net in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NET_INDEX |
| 31077 |
Daisy chain index |
Connections |
Identifies the daisy chain within a net in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DAISYCHAIN_INDEX |
| 31078 |
Connection index |
Connections |
Identifies the connections within a daisy chain in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CONNECTION_INDEX |
| 31080 |
Connection: Connection point length source |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH |
| 31081 |
State (substance) |
Connections
Piping definition points |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STATE |
| 31082 |
Pressure |
Connections
Piping definition points |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PRESSURE |
| 31083 |
Connection: Connection point length target |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DEST_CP_LENGTH |
| 31084 |
Temperature |
Connections
Piping definition points |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TEMPERATURE |
| 31085 |
Flow |
Connections
Piping definition points |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_FLOW |
| 31086 |
Conduit connection |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a conduit. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PACKET |
| 31089 |
Connection definition point exists |
Connections |
Shows whether at least one connection definition point has been placed on the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_HAS_CDP |
| 31090 |
Connection: Length (full) |
Connections
Connection definition points
Potential definition points |
Length of a connection with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_FULL |
| 31091 |
Subset / length (full) |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
Subset of a part, entered for the function, with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL |
| 31092 |
Bundle |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Specifies the bundle to which the connection belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRE_BUNDLE |
| 31093 |
Bundle group |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Specifies the bundle group to which the connection belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_BUNDLE_GROUP |
| 31094 |
Layout space: Routing track specification |
Connections |
This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space has to run through. This has priority over all other defaults.
This property is extended in each case to include routing paths and routing ranges to which a connection is pulled. If the connection is pulled away from a routing path or routing range entered here, the routing path / routing range will be removed from the property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING |
| 31095 |
Layout space: Routing track |
Connections
Functions |
This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space runs through. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH |
| 31096 |
Connection dimension source |
Connections
Connection definition points |
When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the source connection point is entered. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 31097 |
Connection dimension target |
Connections
Connection definition points |
When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the target connection point is entered. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 31098 |
Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the source |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the source of the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_SOURCE |
| 31099 |
Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the target |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the target of the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_DESTINATION |
| 31100 |
Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (source) |
Connections |
Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to enter the routing path network from the source item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_SOURCE |
| 31101 |
Higher-level function (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPLANT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31102 |
Higher-level function: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PLANT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31103 |
Mounting location (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLLOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31104 |
Mounting location: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31105 |
Functional assignment (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31106 |
Functional assignment: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31107 |
Installation site (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31108 |
Installation site: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31109 |
User-defined structure (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLUSERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC |
| 31110 |
User-defined structure: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_USERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC |
| 31111 |
Higher-level function number (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC |
| 31112 |
Higher-level function number: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC |
| 31113 |
Protected routing |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions |
Prevents a routing connection from being re-routed and overwritten. Also prevents that a cable is rerouted and overwritten in the topology. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PROTECTED_ROUTING |
| 31114 |
Routing direction source |
Connections
Connection definition points |
The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_SOURCE |
| 31115 |
Routing direction target |
Connections
Connection definition points |
The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31116 |
Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (target) |
Connections |
Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to exit the routing path network toward the target item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_DESTINATION |
| 31117 |
ERP number |
Connections
Connection definition points
Functions
Projects
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP number" (ID 22056) of the associated part. ERP numbers may be up to 255 characters in length. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR |
| 31118 |
Connection: Associated terminal connection point (connection point designation) |
Connections |
This property can be used in terminal diagrams in the data area of the cable chart (via the placeholder elements "Cable chart data area external" and "Cable chart data area internal"). Indicates the connection point designation of the terminal to which the connection is connected. Thus, you can see from the cable chart which connection is to be connected to which terminal connection point. For example, this is helpful if you use the placeholder elements "Target via connection point", "Connection via connection point" or "Connection / cable via connection point" to output several terminal connection points in a row. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 31119 |
Topology: Routing track specification |
Connections |
In this property, a routing path is stored that a connection routed in the routing path network must pass through. This has priority over all other defaults.
Here, it is always the last routing path to which a connection is drawn that is stored. If the connection is pulled away from the routing path entered here, the routing path will be removed from the property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_PATH_PRESETTING |
| 31133 |
Product: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PRODUCT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31134 |
Product (automatic) |
Connections |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPRODUCT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31135 |
Phase busbar connection |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a phase busbar. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PHASEBAR |
| 31136 |
Connection splicers passed through |
Connections |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_DISTRIBUTORS |
| 31137 |
Topology: Connection splicers passed through (sorted) |
Connections |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection at a routing connection. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 31138 |
Topology: Distance between connection splicers and source |
Connections |
Outputs the position of the connection splicers passed through on this connection at a routing connection. To this purpose the distance between the connection splicer and the source of the connection is specified. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR_DISTANCE |
| 31139 |
Connection splicers exist |
Connections |
Shows whether connection passes through at least one connection splicer. This property can be used as a filter criterion for connection lists. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_HAS_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 31140 |
Internal / External index: Source |
Connections |
Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the source of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_SOURCE |
| 31141 |
Internal / External index: Target |
Connections |
Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the target of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_DESTINATION |
| 31142 |
Connection: Association |
Connections
Connection definition points |
This property specifies whether the connection is an individual connection or can be part of a cable, conduit, phase busbar, etc. Possible values are:
0 = Individual connection
1 = Cable
2 = Conduit
3 = Phase busbar
4 = Line. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_KINDOFWIRE |
| 31143 |
Wire harness name |
Connections
Functions
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
HARNESS_NAME |
| 31146 |
Line |
Connections
Connection definition points |
Indicates whether the connection can be part of a line. This property is activated or deactivated in accordance with the set value for the Connection: Association (ID 31142) property. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PIPE |
| 31148 |
Routing track source: X coordinate |
Connections |
X coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_XPOS |
| 31149 |
Routing track source: Y coordinate |
Connections |
Y coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_YPOS |
| 31150 |
Routing track source: Z coordinate |
Connections |
Z coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_ZPOS |
| 31151 |
Routing track target: X coordinate |
Connections |
X coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_XPOS |
| 31152 |
Routing track target: Y coordinate |
Connections |
Y coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_YPOS |
| 31153 |
Routing track target: Z coordinate |
Connections |
Z coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_ZPOS |
| 31157 |
Piping name |
Connections
Piping definition points |
Name of the piping. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PIPENAME |
| 31160 |
Object identification: Source |
Connections |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_SOURCE_DBOBJECTID |
| 31161 |
Object identification: Target |
Connections |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_DESTINATION_DBOBJECTID |
| 33000 |
Name of potential |
Connections
Potential definition points |
Name of the potential. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_NAME |
| 33001 |
Superior potential |
Potential definition points
Connections |
Name of the superior potential to which the selected signal belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_PARENT |
| 33003 |
Potential value |
Potential definition points
Connections |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_VALUE |
| 33004 |
Frequency |
Potential definition points |
|
Connection |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_FREQUENCE |
| 33005 |
Possible counter potentials |
Potential definition points |
Enter here which other potentials may be connected to the same consumer. This property is only used for information purposes and can be output in the potential overview for documentation purposes. |
Connection |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_VALID_POTENTIALS |
| 33006 |
Signal name |
Potential definition points
Connections |
Name of the signal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_SIGNAL |
| 33007 |
Net name |
Connections
Potential definition points |
Name of the net. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_NETNAME |
| 33100 |
Outline definition point: Name |
Outline definition points |
Name of outline definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_NAME |
| 33101 |
Outline definition point: Type |
Outline definition points |
Type of outline definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_TYPE |
| 33301 |
Piping: Exchange source and target |
Piping definition points |
Through this entry you specify whether the target designations of a piping correspond to the targets of the underlying connection or the source and target have been exchanged. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
PIPELINE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET |
| 35000 |
Terminal strips: Number of SH terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Number of SH terminals on the terminal strip. Shields will be connected to these terminals. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFSH |
| 35001 |
Terminal strips: Total number of objects on terminal strip |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Quantity of all objects on the terminal strip, including the terminal strip definition, terminals, terminal accessories, and function templates. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINAL_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS |
| 35002 |
Terminal strips: Number of general terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Total number of terminals on the terminal strip that are not N, PE, PEN or SH terminals. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON |
| 35003 |
Terminal strips: Number of N terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Quantity of N terminals on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFN |
| 35004 |
Terminal strips: Number of PE terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Quantity of PE / PEN terminals on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFPE |
| 35005 |
Terminal strips: Number of terminals and accessories for terminal diagram |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Quantity of terminals and accessories displayed on the terminal diagram. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT |
| 35006 |
Terminal strips: Number of terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Quantity of terminals on the terminal strip (independent of type). |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALS |
| 35007 |
Terminal strips: First terminal |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Designation of the first terminal on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_FIRSTTERMINAL |
| 35008 |
Terminal strips: Last terminal |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Designation of the last terminal on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_LASTTERMINAL |
| 35009 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal diagram |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35010 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal-connection diagram |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal-connection diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35011 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal line-up diagram |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal line-up diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_TERMINALLINEUPDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35012 |
Terminal strips: Number of main terminals |
Terminal strips (in reports) |
Number of main terminals on the terminal strip (regardless of type). |
No category |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALMAINS |
| 35100 |
Cables: Number of used connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Automatically calculated number of cable connections used. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES |
| 35101 |
Cables: Number of free connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of unused cable connections in the cable. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFFREEWIRES |
| 35102 |
Cables: Number of shields |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of cable shields. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFSHIELDS |
| 35103 |
Cables: Number of PE conductors |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of PE / PEN cable conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFPEWIRES |
| 35104 |
Cables: Number of N conductors |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of N cable conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFNWIRES |
| 35105 |
Cables: Number of general connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Total number of connections in the cable that are not N, PE or PEN conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFNORMALWIRES |
| 35106 |
Cables: Page name of the cable diagram |
Cables (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the cable diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35107 |
Cables: Page name of cable connection diagram |
Cables (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the cable-connection diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35108 |
Cables: Number of all connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Sum of free and used cable connections. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CABLE_COUNTOFALLWIRES |
| 35109 |
Number of connections used (single-line cables) |
Functions |
Manually entered number of used cable connections for single-line cables and shields. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES_MANUAL |
| 35110 |
Cables: Number of connections to this target / this source |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of cable connections for a specific target or source; used in reporting. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFWIRES_DESTINATION |
| 35111 |
Cables: Connection splicers passed through |
Cables (in reports) |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the cable. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in cable reports, for example during the evaluation of single-line cables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_DISTRIBUTORS |
| 35200 |
Plugs: Number of SH pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of SH pins in the plug. Shields will be connected to these pins. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSH |
| 35201 |
Plugs: Page name of plug diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the plug diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35202 |
Plugs: Page name of pin-connection diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the pin-connection diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35203 |
Plugs: First pin |
Plugs (in reports) |
Designation of the first pin in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_FIRSTCONTACT |
| 35204 |
Plugs: Last pin |
Plugs (in reports) |
Designation of the last pin in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_LASTCONTACT |
| 35205 |
Plugs: Number of PE pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of PE / PEN pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPE |
| 35206 |
Plugs: Number of N pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of N pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFN |
| 35207 |
Plugs: Number of pins and accessories for plug diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT |
| 35208 |
Plugs: Number of general pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Total number of pins in the plug that are not N, PE, PEN or SH pins. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON |
| 35209 |
Plugs: Total number of pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Total number of pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS |
| 35210 |
Plugs: Number of male pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of male pins in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPINS |
| 35211 |
Plugs: Number of female pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of female pins in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSOCKETS |
| 35212 |
Plugs: Number of pins (male and female pin) |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of pins consisting of a male-female combination in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFJOINED |
| 35500 |
Drill type |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
Shows the type of drill hole for groups of drill holes of the same type. The value is chosen from a drop-down list on the "Cut-outs" tab in parts management. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_TYPE |
| 35501 |
Subtype |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
For certain drill types (e.g. "Rectangular"), you can select a subtype that describes the drill hole in greater detail. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SUBTYPE |
| 35502 |
Outline name |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
For the "Free outline" drill type, you can enter a designation for the outline here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_OUTLINENAME |
| 35503 |
X position |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_XPOS |
| 35504 |
Y position |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_YPOS |
| 35505 |
Angle |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_ANGLE |
| 35506 |
1st dimension |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION1 |
| 35507 |
2nd dimension |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION2 |
| 35508 |
3rd dimension |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION3 |
| 35509 |
Repetitive spacing |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
Shows the spacing between all further drill holes. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGREPEAT |
| 35510 |
End spacing |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
The minimum clearance of the last drill hole to the right edge of the object, i.e. no drill hole will be placed closer to the edge of the object than the value specified here. For (e.g.) cable ducts you can use this setting to define how far away the drill hole is from the edge of the cable duct, so that no problems occur when screwing it tight. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGEND |
| 35511 |
Drill every n-th hole |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
Specifies which holes are to be drilled; for example, enter "4" to drill only every fourth hole. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DRILLNTHHOLE |
| 35512 |
Part number |
Accessory list entries |
Part number of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 35513 |
Variant |
Accessory list entries |
Variant of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 35514 |
Always make |
Cut-outs (in drilling patterns) |
Shows that the drill hole must always be carried out, even if the part is not placed directly on the mounting surface (for example, on a mounting rail). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_FABRICATEALWAYS |
| 35550 |
Connection point designation |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern (entered on the "Connection points" tab for connection point patterns in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_NAME |
| 35551 |
X position |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XPOS |
| 35552 |
Y position |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YPOS |
| 35553 |
Z position |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 35554 |
Routing direction |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right.
The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION |
| 35555 |
Additional length |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH |
| 35556 |
Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet) |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the "Connection points" tab where user-defined values can also be assigned. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE |
| 35557 |
Min. cross-section |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION |
| 35558 |
Max. cross-section |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION |
| 35559 |
Max. number of connections |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT |
| 35560 |
Dual sleeve prescribed |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE |
| 35561 |
Connection category |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Specifies the connection point type of a connection for an individual connection point in the connection point pattern more precisely:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single
2 = Screw clamp connection double
3 = Cage clamp connection
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug)
7 = Plug connection
8 = Solder connection
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid)
10 = Nipple
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut
14 = Compression fitting
15 = User-defined. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL |
| 35562 |
Connection dimension |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
In this property, you can enter the measurement of the screw (e.g., M6) or of the lug (e.g., 4.8x0.5) for screw connections, threads, nipples, and plug-in connections. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE |
| 35563 |
Plug designation |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG |
| 35564 |
Level |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL |
| 35565 |
Internal / External index |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO |
| 35566 |
Terminal designation |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER |
| 35567 |
X vector |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XDIR |
| 35568 |
Y vector |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YDIR |
| 35569 |
Z vector |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR |
| 35571 |
Min. AWG |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 35572 |
Max. AWG |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 35573 |
Socket size |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
A screwing tool (for example screwdriver) consists of the drive and the socket. The drive is the component that moves the tool, for example a handle or a motor shaft. The socket is the component that is moved, for example the tip of the screwdriver. The socket size describes the dimensions of the socket (of the blade or tip), for example 3 x 0.5 mm = width 3 mm and thickness 0.5 mm. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES |
| 35574 |
Bus interface: Name |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 35575 |
Min. tightening torque |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 35576 |
Max. tightening torque |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 35578 |
Stripping length |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH |
| 35580 |
X position: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS |
| 35581 |
Y position: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS |
| 35582 |
Z position: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS |
| 35583 |
X vector: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR |
| 35584 |
Y vector: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR |
| 35585 |
Z vector: Tool |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR |
| 35586 |
Shaft diameter |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm". |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER |
| 35587 |
Clamping space offset |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET |
| 35594 |
X starting point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS |
| 35595 |
Y starting point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS |
| 35596 |
Z starting point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS |
| 35597 |
X end point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS |
| 35598 |
Y end point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS |
| 35599 |
Z end point: Clamping space |
Connection points (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS |
| 36000 |
Item designation |
3D placements |
Contains the item designation of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATION |
| 36002 |
Grouping sign for item designation (automatic) |
3D placements |
Shows the contents of the "Grouping sign for item designation" property (ID 36012). If no preceding sign is entered for the item, this is defined from the first superior item for which a preceding sign is entered in the "Grouping sign for item designation" property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX_AUTOMATIC |
| 36003 |
Mounting site (describing, common) |
3D placements
Part references |
Shows the contents of the manually entered "Mounting site (describing)" property or if this is empty, the "Mounting site (describing)" property entered at the main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGLOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 36004 |
Machining |
3D placements |
Specifies whether machining is necessary (e.g., a drill hole). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISFORMECHANICALPROCESSING |
| 36005 |
Local connection point pattern |
3D placements |
If this property is activated, the connection point data is saved locally at the part placement. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ARTICLETERMINAL_ISLOCAL |
| 36006 |
Cut-out: Diameter of the hole |
3D placements |
Drill hole diameter. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DIAMETER |
| 36007 |
Cut-out: Nominal diameter of the threaded hole |
3D placements |
Nominal diameter of the threaded hole. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_NOMINAL_DIAMETER |
| 36010 |
Item is fastened unmovably to the superior item |
3D placements |
If this property is enabled, then the item cannot be moved relative to the superior item. Moving the entire mounting panel by means of the "Move" functionality is still possible. The fixation can be temporarily revoked for individual items by pressing the [Shift] key while moving via Drag & Drop. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ELEM_ISFIXONPARENT |
| 36011 |
Prefabricated |
3D placements |
Indicates whether form and dimensions of an item can be modified. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISPREFABRICATED |
| 36012 |
Grouping sign for item designation |
3D placements |
Shows a grouping preceding sign for item designation for the item and all subordinate items, which provides for better arrangement of parts. The preceding sign is displayed in the "Full item designation" property and placed before the actual item designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX |
| 36013 |
Full item designation |
3D placements |
Contains the item designation of a mechanical item including the preceding sign for the item designation. The preceding sign is usually taken from the enclosure. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_FULLDESIGNATION |
| 36014 |
Item requires holes in mounting surface |
3D placements |
Specifies whether a drill hole is required for an item that has been placed on a mounting surface. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ELEM_NEEDSDRILL |
| 36015 |
Is associated mounting material |
3D placements |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISINSTALLATIONMATERIAL |
| 36016 |
Designation in mechanics structure |
3D placements |
Provides the designation, which has the function or mechanical item within the mechanical structure for identification purposes. This is the DT for electrical engineering or fluid power functions, and the designation for mechanical items. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_IDENTNAME_IN_MECHANICAL_STRUCTURE |
| 36017 |
Distance to mounting surface |
3D placements |
If an offset was entered during the placement of a part, this property will display the distance of the part placement from the mounting surface. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE |
| 36018 |
Item description |
3D placements |
Contains the item description of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DESCRIPTION |
| 36019 |
Macro: Variant |
Layout spaces |
Macro variant. |
Macro |
Integer |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VARIANT |
| 36020 |
Cut-out: Width |
3D placements |
Width of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_WIDTH |
| 36021 |
Cut-out: Height |
3D placements |
Height of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_HEIGHT |
| 36022 |
Cut-out: Length |
3D placements |
Length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_LENGTH |
| 36023 |
Cut-out: Radius / Chamfer distance |
3D placements |
Radius and / or chamfer distance of the cut-out. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CHAMFER_OR_RADIUS |
| 36024 |
Cut-out: Edge length |
3D placements |
Edge length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_EDGE_LENGTH |
| 36025 |
Cut-out: Outline |
3D placements |
Outline of the cut-out. Here, the file name of a user-defined outline file (*.fc1) is displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CONTOUR |
| 36026 |
Layout space: Connection filter |
3D placements |
Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used for routing to control which connections may be routed along which routing tracks (channel, manual routing path, routing range, wiring cut-out). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Layout space: Routing track specification" (ID 31094) property has not been activated. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_CONNECTIONFILTER |
| 36027 |
Routing path / Curve: Length |
3D placements |
Manually entered length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_MANUAL |
| 36028 |
Routing path / Curve: Length (automatic) |
3D placements |
Length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered length or, when that is empty, the geometric length in the layout space. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTOMATIC |
| 36029 |
Routing path / Curve: Cross-section |
3D placements |
Cross-section of a routing path or curve. Is used for calculating the fill capacity of channel. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CROSSSECTION |
| 36030 |
Routing path / Curve: Automatically generated |
3D placements |
Indicates that the routing path or curve was generated automatically (e.g., for routing paths in channels). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CREATED_AUTOMATICALLY |
| 36031 |
Extra length |
3D placements |
The extra length indicates the length that is added once to a connection running through a routing range. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_WIRING_OPENING_EXTRALENGTH |
| 36032 |
Output in mounting list |
3D placements |
If this property is activated for a 3D part placement, the 3D part placement is output when mounting lists are generated. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_CREATE_MOUNTINGLIST |
| 36033 |
Superior mounting surface |
3D placements |
Specifies the mounting surface on which the 3D part placement has been placed. The property is used in filters to filter for 3D part placements that have been installed on other 3D part placements. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECTID |
| 36035 |
Item ID (relative to macro, EEC) |
3D placements |
Identifies the individual 3D part placements for a part that consists of several combined 3D part placements. The property is required by the EPLAN Engineering Configuration in order to define the items of a macro on which other items are installed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ID_RELATIVE |
| 36036 |
Multiple cut-out possible |
3D placements |
Indicates whether multiple cut-outs are possible for an item, and allows for the "inheriting" of cut-outs. This way, cut-outs can be carried over from a drilling pattern to another item. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_CANHAVE_MULTI_OPENING |
| 36037 |
Cut-out depth (copper) |
3D placements |
Cut-out depth for automatic drill holes. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DEPTH_COPPER |
| 36040 |
Superior device |
3D placements |
The property supplies the directly superior device as the value. The following property values are combined: Full item designation, full DT, legend item. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECT |
| 36041 |
Variable for placeable functions (EEC One) |
3D placements |
The property serves to identify 3D part placements in EEC One, so that specific other 3D part placements can be placed automatically on them during the automatic generation of a layout space. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ID_EEC_ONE |
| 36042 |
Name of the M-CAD file |
3D placements |
This property is used during data exchange with external CAD systems. The full file name and the full file path of the imported STEP file is stored in this property and is entered at the created design space and at the imported 3D objects. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DOCNAME |
| 36044 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (automatic) |
3D placements |
Is required for calculating the power dissipation. Displays the value of the simultaneity factor (if it exists). Otherwise the value from the project settings is used. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR_AUTOMATIC |
| 36045 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (device) |
3D placements |
Deviating simultaneity factor for this device compared to the project properties. Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR |
| 36046 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (automatic) |
3D placements |
Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE_AUTOMATIC |
| 36047 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (device) |
3D placements |
Deviating number of the air-conditioning field of this device from the number of the air-conditioning field of the enclosure (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE |
| 36048 |
Thermal design: Device power dissipation |
3D placements |
Calculated value of the power dissipation of this device under consideration of the simultaneity factor. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 36049 |
Thermal design: Installation situation |
3D placements |
Installation situation of the enclosure, e.g. "Single housing free-standing". Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_SITUATION |
| 36050 |
Thermal design: Min. external temperature |
3D placements |
Minimum external temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_OUT_TEMP |
| 36051 |
Thermal design: Max. external temperature |
3D placements |
Maximum external temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_OUT_TEMP |
| 36052 |
Thermal design: Min. internal temperature |
3D placements |
Minimum internal temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_IN_TEMP |
| 36053 |
Thermal design: Max. internal temperature |
3D placements |
Maximum internal temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_IN_TEMP |
| 36054 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field |
3D placements |
Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_ZONE |
| 36055 |
Thermal design: Operating current |
3D placements |
Operating current of a busbar. Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_BUSBAR_CURRENT |
| 36056 |
Connection point pattern: X position |
3D placements |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XPOS |
| 36057 |
Connection point pattern: Y position |
3D placements |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YPOS |
| 36058 |
Connection point pattern: Z position |
3D placements |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 36059 |
Connection point pattern: Routing direction |
3D placements |
Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right.
The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION |
| 36060 |
Connection point pattern: Additional length |
3D placements |
Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH |
| 36061 |
Connection point pattern: Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet) |
3D placements |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the "Connection points" tab where user-defined values can also be assigned. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE |
| 36062 |
Connection point pattern: Min. cross-section |
3D placements |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION |
| 36063 |
Connection point pattern: Max. cross-section |
3D placements |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION |
| 36064 |
Connection point pattern: Max. number of connections |
3D placements |
Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT |
| 36065 |
Connection point pattern: Dual sleeve prescribed |
3D placements |
Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE |
| 36066 |
Connection point pattern: Connection category |
3D placements |
Specifies the connection point type of a connection for an individual connection point in the connection point pattern more precisely:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single
2 = Screw clamp connection double
3 = Cage clamp connection
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug)
7 = Plug connection
8 = Solder connection
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid)
10 = Nipple
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut
14 = Compression fitting
15 = User-defined. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL |
| 36067 |
Connection point pattern: Connection dimension |
3D placements |
In this property, you can enter the measurement of the screw (e.g., M6) or of the lug (e.g., 4.8x0.5) for screw connections, threads, nipples, and plug-in connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE |
| 36068 |
Connection point pattern: Plug designation |
3D placements |
Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG |
| 36069 |
Connection point pattern: Level |
3D placements |
Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL |
| 36070 |
Connection point pattern: Internal / External index |
3D placements |
Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
No category |
Integer |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO |
| 36071 |
Connection point pattern: Terminal designation |
3D placements |
Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER |
| 36072 |
Connection point pattern: X vector |
3D placements |
X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XDIR |
| 36073 |
Connection point pattern: Y vector |
3D placements |
Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YDIR |
| 36074 |
Connection point pattern: Z vector |
3D placements |
Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR |
| 36076 |
Product configurator identifier |
3D placements |
|
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ID_EXTERNALPRODUCTCONFIGURATOR_AUTOMATIC |
| 36077 |
Connection point pattern: Min. AWG |
3D placements |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 36078 |
Connection point pattern: Max. AWG |
3D placements |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 36079 |
Max. tightening torque |
3D placements |
Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 36080 |
X starting point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS |
| 36081 |
Y starting point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS |
| 36082 |
Z starting point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS |
| 36083 |
X end point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS |
| 36084 |
Y end point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS |
| 36085 |
Z end point: Clamping space |
3D placements |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS |
| 36086 |
Clamping space offset |
3D placements |
Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET |
| 36087 |
Shaft diameter |
3D placements |
The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm". |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER |
| 36088 |
X position: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS |
| 36089 |
Y position: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS |
| 36090 |
Z position: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS |
| 36091 |
X vector: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR |
| 36092 |
Y vector: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR |
| 36093 |
Z vector: Tool |
3D placements |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR |
| 36094 |
Socket size |
3D placements |
Describes the form of the screw head for applying a screwdriver or a wrench. Enter of, for example PZ 1 or PH 1 or TX 5 or 0.5x3.0. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES |
| 36095 |
Min. tightening torque |
3D placements |
Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 36096 |
Stripping length |
3D placements |
Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH |
| 36100 |
Part obsolete |
3D placements |
Identifies objects that were transferred unchanged after the migration of the part. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_OUTDATED |
| 36101 |
Connection point pattern: Bus interface name |
3D placements |
Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 36450 |
Grid size |
Layout spaces |
Distance of the grid points for the graphical editing in the 3D view. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_GRIDSIZE |
| 36451 |
Layout space in draft mode |
Layout spaces |
When you carry out changes in a layout space in a revision, it is identified as "Draft". This is displayed graphically by a watermark in the 3D view and this property is assigned to the layout space. This identifier stays there until you close the layout space. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT |
| 36452 |
Layout space name |
Layout spaces |
The layout space name normally consists of a number. The next number up is automatically suggested when creating new layout spaces. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESIGNATION |
| 36453 |
Layout space name (identifying) |
Layout spaces |
Identifying layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying but not describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_IDENTNAME |
| 36454 |
Layout space name (full) |
Layout spaces |
Full layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_FULLNAME |
| 36455 |
Layout space name (in reports) |
Layout spaces |
This property is intended for use in reports. The layout space name is specified here in brackets to differentiate it from page names. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_NAME_IN_EVALUATION_FORMAT |
| 36456 |
Automatically generated |
Layout spaces |
Indicates whether the layout space was generated automatically, and the information on the creator:
0 = No
5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 36457 |
Keep parts at placement |
Layout spaces |
This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained.
If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO |
| 36458 |
Copper bundle: Name |
Copper bundles
Busbars |
Designation of the copper bundle; this name is displayed, for example, in the layout space navigator. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
COPPERBUNDLE_DESIGNATION |
| 36460 |
Thermal design: Maximum reach |
Basic class for Pro Panel objects |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the distance in meters at which the flow speed of the emitted air drops below a value of 0.5 m/s. |
Thermal design |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_THERMDIST |
| 36461 |
Thermal design: Intake angle |
Basic class for Pro Panel objects |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the air to be cooled / heated can enter the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_ANGLE_IN |
| 36462 |
Thermal design: Discharge angle |
Basic class for Pro Panel objects |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the cooled / heated air can exit the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_ANGLE_OUT |
| 36500 |
Model view: Description |
Model views |
Description of the model view; drilling view or copper unfold; multilingual entry is allowed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION |
| 36501 |
Model view: Manual displacement |
Model views |
Moving the center of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
No category |
Coordinates (X/Y) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MANUAL_CENTER |
| 36502 |
Model view: Frozen |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the model view, drilling view or copper unfold will no longer be updated. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FROZEN_VIEW |
| 36503 |
Model view: Name |
Model views |
Designation of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESIGNATION |
| 36504 |
Model view: Layout space name |
Model views |
Name of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA |
| 36505 |
Model view: Layout space description |
Model views |
Description of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA_DESCRIPTION |
| 36506 |
Model view: Selection scheme |
Model views |
Scheme for item selection in model view or drilling view. The selection scheme specifies the item types to be displayed in the model view or drilling view. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_UNITSELECTIONSCHEME |
| 36507 |
Model view: Item labeling |
Model views |
Scheme for item labeling in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_LABELINGSCHEME |
| 36508 |
Model view: Apply viewpoint to mounting surface |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the viewpoint of the model view refers to the first mounting surface of the basic items. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_CONSIDER_TRANSFORM_OF_PLANE |
| 36509 |
Model view: Basic item |
Model views |
The basic item is used to specify what is to be displayed in the model view. You can also further restrict the content of the layout space that is displayed. In the case of 2D drilling views and model views, the basic items can also be components of lower item hierarchy levels, e.g. mounting surfaces. In the case of copper unfolds, this is not possible.
If the selected basic items do not contain any graphics, the next-higher item with graphics is added automatically. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MAINOBJECT |
| 36510 |
Model view: Scale |
Model views |
Specifies the scale of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SCALE |
| 36511 |
Model view: Scheme for automatic dimensioning |
Model views |
Scheme for the automatic dimensioning of the items in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ADIMSCHEME |
| 36512 |
Model view: Name of the report template |
Model views |
Name of the used report template for the automatic generation of model views, copper unfolds or 2D drilling views. At a renewed report this report template is used again. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEMPLATE_NAME |
| 36513 |
Model view: Display item silhouettes |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the basic outlines of extruded items (e.g., mounting rails and wire ducts) and the lateral boundary lines of the 3D body generated from the basic outline will be displayed. Disabling this setting will accelerate the output of complex 2D drilling views, but will impair the quality of the illustration of the items. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWSILOUETTES |
| 36514 |
Model view: Rotation |
Model views |
Rotates the content of the model view by 90°, 180° or 270° counterclockwise. This can be useful in order to make optimum use of highly-formatted model views on pages in landscape orientation. The border of the model view is not rotated. Texts in a model view that is rotated by 90° are rotated by the same angle. The exception are property texts to be read from the right. For them to remain legible, they are rotated by -90°. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ORIENTATION |
| 36515 |
Model view: Display freely routed cables |
Model views |
If this property is activated, freely routed cables are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cables are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_CABLES |
| 36516 |
Model view: Display freely routed wires |
Model views |
If this property is activated, freely routed cable connections / wires are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cable connections / wires are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_CONNECTIONS |
| 36517 |
Model view: Display freely routed hose lines |
Model views |
If this property is activated, freely routed hose lines are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hose lines are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ROUTED_HOSE_ASSEMBLY |
| 36518 |
Model view: Display freely routed hoses |
Model views |
If this property is activated, freely routed hoses are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hoses are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_HOSES |
| 36519 |
Show drilling pattern |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the drill holes on the copper item are displayed in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWDRILLINGS |
| 36520 |
Show bending line |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the bending lines of the individual bending positions are displayed as solid lines in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGLINES |
| 36521 |
Show bending extents |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the bending extents of the individual bending positions are displayed as dotted lines in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGAREA |
| 36522 |
Show bending note |
Model views |
If this property is activated, the information regarding the bending direction, bending angle and bending radius is displayed as texts on the bending lines. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGHINT |
| 36523 |
Model view: Display freely routed pipes |
Model views |
If this property is activated, freely routed pipes are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed pipes are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_PIPES |
| 36524 |
Model view: Edge width |
Model views |
With this property you can set the width of the edge lines in the model view, 2D drilling view and copper unfold to a fixed value, for example 0.5 mm. During zooming and at scale changes the line width is adapted correspondingly. During PDF export the edge lines are output with the specified width. If no value is entered, the line thickness amounts to one pixel. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_EDGE_WIDTH |
| 36525 |
Model view: Do not automatically rotate texts from layout space |
Model views |
If the property is activated, the property texts are aligned according to the definition in the layout space and the rotation of the view. If this property is deactivated, property texts are generated readable norm-compliant from below or the left in the model view. The setting only affects property texts that are transferred from the layout space. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEXTDIRECTION_LIKE_IN_3D |
| 36600 |
Deleted object: Name |
Deletion markers |
Shows the name of the deleted object at a deletion marker at the time of deletion, e.g. the DT for a function or the page names for a page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME |
| 36601 |
Deleted object: Type |
Deletion markers |
Shows the type of deleted object at a deletion marker, e.g., function, structure box, page, etc. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE |
| 36602 |
User name |
Deletion markers |
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER |
| 36603 |
Delete date |
Deletion markers |
Shows the time (time and date), at the deletion marker, at which the object was deleted. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME |
| 36604 |
Associated revision name |
Deletion markers |
Outputs the name of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME |
| 36605 |
Deleted object (further): Name |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The name of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: name" property (ID 36600).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME_HIST |
| 36606 |
Deleted object (further): Type |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the types of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the type of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the type of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The type of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: type" property (ID 36601).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE_HIST |
| 36607 |
User name (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the user name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the user name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the user name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The user name of the last deleted object is output to the "User name" property (ID 36602).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER_HIST |
| 36608 |
Delete date (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the delete date of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the delete date of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the delete date of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The delete date of the last deleted object is output to the "Delete date" property (ID 36603).) |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME_HIST |
| 36609 |
Associated revision name (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision name of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision name of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision name of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision name of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision name" property (ID 36604).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME_HIST |
| 36610 |
Associated project revision |
Deletion markers |
Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION |
| 36611 |
Associated project revision (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision" property (ID 36610).) |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_HIST |
| 36614 |
Deleted object: Revision index |
Deletion markers |
Text for identifying a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 36615 |
Deleted object: Revision description (change tracking) |
Deletion markers |
Revision description for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 36616 |
Deleted object: Reason for revision change (change tracking) |
Deletion markers |
Revision change reason for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE |
| 36617 |
Defined working section |
Deletion markers |
The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the name of the defined working section to which the page belongs in the Deleted pages dialog. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_EDITINGAREA |
| 36700 |
Protected group: Part number |
Protected groups |
|
Part |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPROTECTEDGROUP_PARTNR |
| 40321 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 1 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_1 |
| 40322 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 2 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_2 |
| 40323 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 3 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_3 |
| 40324 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 4 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_4 |
| 40325 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 5 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_5 |
| 40326 |
Safety-related values: Input (Collect) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Function range of safety function: Input (Collect). This can be realized via a sensor, for example. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_INPUT |
| 40327 |
Safety-related values: Output (React) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Function range of safety function: Output (React). This can be realized via an actuator, for example. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_OUTPUT |
| 40328 |
Safety-related values: Logic (Generate report) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Function range of safety function: Logic (Generate report). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LOGIC |
| 40329 |
Safety-related values: PL |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Indicates the ability of safety-relevant parts of a control to carry out a safety function under foreseeable conditions (short for "Performance Level"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PL |
| 40330 |
Safety-related values: SIL CL |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
SIL limit (short for "Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit"). The safety integrity level SIL (short for "Safety Integrity Level") specifies the requirements of the safety functions of a control system. Level 1 denotes the lowest requirements; Level 4 the highest. The SIL limit is the maximum SIL required for a subsystem. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_SILCL |
| 40331 |
Safety-related values: PFHD |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Average probability of a dangerous failure (short for "Probability of Dangerous Failure per Hour"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PFHD |
| 40332 |
Safety-related values: TMT1 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Duration of use, Mission Time; proof-test interval. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_TMT1 |
| 40333 |
Safety-related values: MTTFD |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Median time to the dangerous event (short for "Mean Time To Dangerous Failure"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTFD |
| 40334 |
Safety-related values: Lambda-D |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Rate of dangerous failures. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LAMBDAD |
| 40335 |
Safety-related values: MTTF |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Median time to the event (short for "Mean Time To Failure"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTF |
| 40336 |
Safety-related values: MTBF |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Median time between two failures (short for "Mean Time Between Failures"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTBF |
| 40337 |
Safety-related values: RDF |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Percentage of dangerous failures relative to all failures (short for "Ratio of Dangerous to all Failures"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_RDF |
| 40338 |
Safety-related values: B10 |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10 |
| 40339 |
Safety-related values: B10 D |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types)
Safety-related values |
Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed dangerously. |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10D |
| 40340 |
Used drilling pattern: Name |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the name of the used drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 40342 |
Sorting of part on terminal strip |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 40343 |
Trade of part reference |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CRAFT |
| 40344 |
Subtrade of part reference |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT |
| 40345 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE |
| 40346 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use (name) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE_NAME |
| 40347 |
Harness proD GUID |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_HARNESSPROD_GUID |
| 40348 |
AutomationML GUID (accessories) |
Part references
Part references (summarized representation types) |
In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_AML_GUID |
| 44001 |
Segment definition: Name (identifying) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Identifying name of the segment definition, e.g., "EPLAN.Base.Component.Common". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONNAME |
| 44002 |
Display format: Segment name |
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
Format for displayed name, define at the segment definition, and displayed at the planning objects / structure segments. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_DISPLAYNAME_FORMAT |
| 44003 |
Segment definition: Displayed name |
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general". |
Formats |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NAME |
| 44004 |
Designation |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Name of the structure segment or planning object. This name is identifying on a structure level in the space. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION |
| 44005 |
Description (Segment) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Description of the structure segment or planning object (multi-lingual). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 44006 |
Technical description |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
You can enter any characteristic and particular features (multi-lingual). Is used for output in reports.
Example: Three-phase motor 11 kW; star-delta control; one direction. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_TECHNICAL_DESCRIPTION |
| 44007 |
Documents |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS |
| 44008 |
Macro |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
At each planning object in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator, a macro can be entered that contains parts of the circuit or the entire circuit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_MACRO |
| 44009 |
Designation (full) |
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Segments (pre-planning)
Part references (summarized representation types) |
Shows the full designation from the top structure level in the tree up to this planning object. In the P&I diagram the property shows the complete designation of the PCT loop / PCT loop function including the structure identifiers of all the higher-level segments. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_FULLDESIGNATION |
| 44010 |
Power consumption |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The power consumption necessary to operate this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT |
| 44011 |
Total power consumption |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Displays the total of the required power consumption that was estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the required power consumption of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT_TOTAL |
| 44012 |
Expenditure planning |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent until the planning of this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME |
| 44013 |
Total expenditure planning |
Segments (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the planning of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44014 |
Expenditure construction |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent to build this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME |
| 44015 |
Total expenditure construction |
Segments (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for building the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44016 |
Expenditure software |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent to program this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME |
| 44017 |
Total expenditure software |
Segments (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the programming of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44018 |
Calculation value |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Estimated value that is required to realize the current planning object (for example an estimated price for a loop). |
Data |
Decimal number |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE |
| 44019 |
Total calculation value |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Displays the total of the calculation values that were estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the calculation values of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Decimal number |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE_TOTAL |
| 44020 |
PLC address: Direction |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter the direction here (input, output, undefined). The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Integer |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DIRECTION |
| 44021 |
PLC address: Data type |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the data type here. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DATATYPE |
| 44022 |
PLC address: CPU |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the processor to which the PLC connection point is assigned. A CPU is uniquely identified by specification of the CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier]. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CPU |
| 44023 |
PLC address: Address |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the PLC address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_ADDRESS |
| 44024 |
PLC address: Symbolic address |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the symbolic address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS |
| 44025 |
PLC address: Function text |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the function text. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 44026 |
Level in tree |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Indicates the hierarchy level of the planning object or structure segment in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator. The top level (directly below the project) has the value "1"; for the levels below, the value is incremented. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_TREELEVEL |
| 44027 |
Pre-planning item number |
Segments (pre-planning) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_POSITIONNUMBER |
| 44028 |
Total number of digital PLC inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44029 |
Total number of digital PLC outputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44030 |
Total number of analog PLC inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44031 |
Total number of analog PLC outputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44032 |
Structure identifier (Segment) |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Specifies all structure identifiers including preceding sign entered at the structure segment or planning object, provided they have a value. No preceding sign is displayed for empty structure identifiers. For example, instead of the string "==A1+-", only "==A1" is displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ALLSTRUCTUREPARTS |
| 44033 |
Structure identifiers without separators |
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
If this property is activated, same-type structure identifiers of nested segments are combined without separators.
Example: A segment has the structure identifier "=A1" and the subordinate segment "=12". In the full designation of the subordinate segment, "=A112" is displayed if the property is activated; otherwise, "=A1.12". |
Formats |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NO_STRUCTUREDELIMITER |
| 44034 |
Do not check for pre-planning depth |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is not taken into account in the error checking for the pre-planning depth. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_IGNORE_MANDATORY_PROPERTY_VERIFICATION |
| 44035 |
Technical facility |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
"Technical facility" element of the PCT loop number / PCT loop function number. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IDENTIFIER |
| 44036 |
Measurand |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
"Measurand" element of the PCT loop number / PCT loop function number. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_MEASURAND |
| 44037 |
Processing function |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Processing function of the PCT loop number / PCT loop function number. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_FUNCTION |
| 44038 |
Number |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Number of the PCT loop number / PCT loop function number. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_NUMBER |
| 44039 |
Basic segment definition: Name (identifying) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Identifying name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Eplan.Base.StructureNode". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONNAME |
| 44040 |
Pre-planning finished |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is ready for the detailed planning. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNING_COMPLETE |
| 44041 |
Segment definition: Displayed name |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general". |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME |
| 44042 |
Basic segment definition: Displayed name |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Displayed name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Structure segment" or "Planning object". |
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME |
| 44043 |
Implementation |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Realization from the PCT type. The following values are possible:
0 = General
1 = PCS
2 = Process computer
3 = PLC. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IMPLEMENTATION |
| 44044 |
Activation site |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Activation site from the PCT type. The following values are possible:
0 = On-site
1 = Measuring station
2 = Control room
3 = Measuring station (not visible)
4 = Control room (not visible). |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_LOCATION |
| 44045 |
Segment definition: Preceding sign |
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
Enter here the character that is displayed in front of the designation of a segment with this segment definition in the Full designation property. If this field is empty, a space is used by default. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_PREFIX |
| 44046 |
Segment definition: Preceding sign also at the beginning |
Segment definitions (pre-planning) |
If this check box is enabled, the preceding sign of a segment with this segment definition is always displayed in the full designation. The preceding sign is displayed also if a segment forms a top hierarchy level in the tree structure and its designation is at the beginning of the full designation.
If the check box is deactivated, the preceding sign will be hidden if the segment in question is at the beginning of the full designation. This is the default setting. |
Formats |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_BEGINWITHPREFIX |
| 44047 |
PLC address: Workstation |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the station to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_STATION |
| 44048 |
PLC address: Configuration project |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the configuration project to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 44049 |
Segment template: Description |
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Displayed name of the segment template. |
General |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 44050 |
Segment template: Name (identifying) |
Segment templates (pre-planning)
Pipe classes
Substances |
Identifying name of the segment template. The segment template is managed in EPLAN under this name. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_NAME |
| 44051 |
Segment template |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Segment template of the planning object or structure segment. |
General |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SPECIFICATIONNAME |
| 44052 |
PLC address: Symbolic address (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART |
| 44053 |
Symbolic address (single component) |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
At segments, a single component of the symbolic address can be entered. These single components are linked at the PLC inputs and outputs of the planning objects starting with the top node and provide the automatically determined symbolic address. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART |
| 44054 |
User-defined property: Name |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and displays the name of a user-defined property. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_NAME |
| 44055 |
User-defined property: Value |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and displays the value of the associated user-defined property with the same index. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_VALUE |
| 44056 |
Hook-up |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Displays the first assembly part from the "Hook-up" product group that is entered in the properties dialog of the planning object or of the segment template in the Part tab. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_HOOKUP |
| 44057 |
Usage count |
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and shows for a segment template the number of planning objects to which the segment template is assigned. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_OBJECT_COUNT |
| 44059 |
Total number of PLC counter inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects (same as the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT |
| 44060 |
Relevant to safety |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. In addition the property is also available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SAFETY_RELEVANT |
| 44061 |
GMP-relevant |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. In addition the property is also available at planning objects and containers. GMP stands for "Good Manufacturing Practice". On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_GMP_RELEVANT |
| 44062 |
Quality-relevant |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. In addition the property is also available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_QUALITY_RELEVANT |
| 44063 |
Linked segments: Name |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows at a segment which other segments are linked to this segment through a links. Up to 10 links can be differentiated by using the index. The complete designation of the linked segment is displayed as a value. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_LINK_CHILD_NAME |
| 44064 |
PLC address: Counter |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_COUNTER |
| 44065 |
Designation (visible) |
Segments (pre-planning) |
By means of this property you can have a "reduced" designation displayed at the PCT loops / PCT loop functions which are placed in a structure box in the P&I diagram. In this property the designation of the superior structure box is abbreviated, meaning that the partial structure in which the PCT loop / PCT loop function is located is displayed.
If a PCT loop / PCT loop function belongs to a different structure, a "reduced" designation is displayed. In this case a ">" is displayed before the designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION_VISIBLE |
| 44066 |
Is linked to higher-level segments |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows whether the current segment is linked to different higher-level segments. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_IS_LINKED |
| 44067 |
Has linked segments |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows whether links to other segments exist below the current segment. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_HAS_LINKS |
| 44068 |
Documents: File / hyperlink |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
File name or hyperlink of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_URL |
| 44069 |
Documents: Designation |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
Designation of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_DESIGNATION |
| 44070 |
Source segment |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Source segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SOURCE_SEGMENT |
| 44071 |
Target segment |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Target segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_TARGET_SEGMENT |
| 44072 |
Pipe class |
Segments (pre-planning)
Segment templates (pre-planning) |
The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PIPECLASS |
| 44073 |
Part number |
Pipe classes |
Shows the part numbers assigned to a piping. The individual parts are addressed via an index. The property can be output in reports, for example. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_PARTS |
| 44074 |
Automatically generated |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Indicates whether the segment was generated automatically, and shows the information on the creator:
0 = No
5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration
9 = Import. |
Settings |
Integer |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 44075 |
Nominal pressure level |
Pipe classes |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 44076 |
Material |
Pipe classes |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_MATERIAL |
| 44077 |
Standard |
Pipe classes |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_NORM |
| 44078 |
Substance |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SUBSTANCE |
| 44079 |
Number of digital PLC inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44080 |
Number of digital PLC outputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44081 |
Number of analog PLC inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44082 |
Number of analog PLC outputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44083 |
Number of PLC counter inputs |
Segments (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object. |
Data |
Integer |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT |
| 59999 |
EPLAN PPE project |
Projects |
Used for query whether this involves a project with PPE data. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_IS_PPE |